WO2009117157A1 - Aurora kinase modulators and method of use - Google Patents

Aurora kinase modulators and method of use Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2009117157A1
WO2009117157A1 PCT/US2009/001785 US2009001785W WO2009117157A1 WO 2009117157 A1 WO2009117157 A1 WO 2009117157A1 US 2009001785 W US2009001785 W US 2009001785W WO 2009117157 A1 WO2009117157 A1 WO 2009117157A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
dialkylamino
phenyl
alkylamino
alkoxyl
alkyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2009/001785
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Ryan White
Jason B. Human
Original Assignee
Amgen Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Amgen Inc. filed Critical Amgen Inc.
Priority to CA2716856A priority Critical patent/CA2716856C/en
Priority to EP09723292.0A priority patent/EP2288611B1/en
Priority to ES09723292T priority patent/ES2413806T3/en
Priority to AU2009226024A priority patent/AU2009226024B2/en
Priority to JP2011500814A priority patent/JP2011515401A/en
Priority to US12/933,400 priority patent/US8404694B2/en
Priority to MX2010010151A priority patent/MX2010010151A/en
Publication of WO2009117157A1 publication Critical patent/WO2009117157A1/en
Priority to US13/757,438 priority patent/US20130165445A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00

Definitions

  • the invention relates to the field of pharmaceutical agents and, more specifically, is directed to compounds and compositions useful for modulating Aurora kinase, and to uses and methods for managing cell proliferation and for treating cancer.
  • Cancer is one of the most widespread diseases afflicting centuries and a major cause of death worldwide. In an effort to find an effective treatment or a cure for one or more of the many different types of cancer, over the last couple of decades, numerous groups have invested a tremendous amount of time, effort and financial resources.
  • Cancer is often characterized by unregulated cell proliferation. Damage to one or more genes, responsible for the cellular pathways, which control progress of proliferation through the cell cycle, typically causes the loss of normal regulation of cell proliferation.
  • Aurora kinases are enzymes of the serine/threonine kinase family of proteins, which play an important role in protein phosphorylation during the mitotic phase of the cell cycle.
  • Aurora A Aurora A
  • Aurora B Aurora C
  • Aurora 2 Aurora 1
  • Aurora 3 Aurora 3
  • Aurora-A is localized to the centrosome during interphase and is important A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 2 -
  • Aurora-B localizes to the kinetochore in the G2 phase of the cell cycle until metaphase, and relocates to the midbody after anaphase.
  • Aurora-C was thought to function only in meiosis, but more recently has been found to be more closely related to Aurora-B, showing some overlapping functions and simlar localization patterns in mitosis.
  • Each aurora kinase appears to share a common structure, including a highly conserved catalytic domain and a very short N-terminal domain that varies in size. (See R. Giet and C. Prigent, J. Cell. Sci., 112:3591-3601 (1999)).
  • Aurora kinases appear to be viable targets for the treatment of cancer. Aurora kinases are overexpressed in various types of cancers, including colon, breast, lung, pancrease, prostate, bladder, head, neck, cervix, and ovarion cancers.
  • the Aurora-A gene is part of an amplicon found in a subset of breast, colon, ovarian, liver, gastric and pancreatic tumors.
  • Aurora-B has also been found to be overexpressed in most major tumor types. Overexpression of Aurora-B in rodent fibroblasts induces transformation, suggesting that Aurora-B is oncogenic. More recently, Aurora-B mRNA expression has been linked to chromosomal instability in human breast cancer. (Y. Miyoshi et al., Int. J. Cancer, 92:370-373 (2001)).
  • Aurora kinases inhibition of one or more of the Aurora kinases by several parties has been shown to inhibit cell proliferation and trigger apoptosis in several tumor cell lines.
  • inhibition of Aurora has been found to arrest cell cycling and promote programmed cell death via apoptosis. Accordingly, there has been a strong interest in finding inhibitors of Aurora kinase proteins.
  • WO 04/039774 describes aza-quinazolinones for treating cancer via inhibiton of Aurora kinase
  • WO 04/037814 describes indazolinones for treating cancer via inhibiton of Aurora-2 kinase
  • WO 04/016612 describes 2, 6, 9-substituted purine derivatives for treating cancer via inhibiton of Aurora kinase
  • WO 04/000833 describes tri- and tetra-substituted pyrimidine compounds useful for treating Aurora-meiated diseases
  • WO 04/092607 describes crystals useful for screening, designing and evaluating compounds as agonists or antagonists of Aurora kinase and U.S. Patent No. 6,919,338 and WO 03/055491 each describe substituted quinazoline derivatives as inhibitors of Aurora-2 kinase.
  • the present invention provides a new class of compounds useful for modulating one or more of the Aurora kinase enzymes and for treating Aurora kinase-mediated conditions and/or diseases, including cancer.
  • the compounds, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are generally defined by Formula I
  • the invention provides compounds of Formulas II, II- A, H-B and III, which are similar in structure to Formula I above.
  • the invention also provides processes for making compounds of Formulas I - III, as well as intermediates useful in such processes.
  • the compounds provided by the invention have Aurora kinase modulatory activity and, in particular, inhibitory activity.
  • the invention further provides the use of these compounds, as a free base or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form thereof, in the preparation and manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition (also referred to herein as "medicament") for therapeutic, prophylactic, acute or chronic treatment of cancer.
  • a pharmaceutical composition also referred to herein as "medicament" for therapeutic, prophylactic, acute or chronic treatment of cancer.
  • the compounds of the invention are useful in the manufacture of anti-cancer medicaments and of medicaments to attenuate or prevent disorders through inhibition of Aurora kinase activity.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of Formula I, II, II-A, II-B or III in association with at least one pharmaceutically-acceptable excipient.
  • compounds useful for treating Aurora kinase and related disorders are defined by Formula I:
  • D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein one of A 2 and A 3 , independently, is N and the other of A 2 and A 3 is C, and each of A 4 and A 5 , independently, is N or CR 1 , provided that both of A 4 and A 5 , independently, are not N; each of L 1 and L 2 , independently, is -O-, -NR 4 -, -S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -SO 2 - or - CR 4 R 4 -, wherein each R 4 , independently, is H, halo, OH, C ⁇ alkoxyl, NH-C 1-6 alkyl, CN
  • each of A 7 and A 8 is N or CR 5 , provided at least one of A 7 and A 8 is N; each R 1 , independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, C 1-10 -alkoxyl, Ci.
  • R 2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , Ci -10 -alkyl, C 2-10 - alkenyl, C 2- ] 0 -alkynyl, C 3-10 -CyClOaIlCyI, C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, C MO - dialkylamino-, Ci.
  • each R 3 independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , Ci-io-alkyl, C 2- i 0 -alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, C 3- io-cycloalkyl, C 4-10 -cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylaniino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, C 1-10 -alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R 9 ;
  • R 5 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , d.io-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, C M o-cycloalkyl, C 4-1 o-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, C 1-I0 - dialkylamino-, C 1-]0 -alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R 9 ; each of R 6 , R 7 and R 8 , independently, is R 9 ; alternatively, either of R 6 or R 8 , independently, taken together with R 7 and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S
  • R 10 is H, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C 2-]0 -alkenyl, C 2-]0 -alkynyl, C 3-10 -cycloalkyl, C 4-10 - cycloalkenyl, Q. K ralkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Q-io-alkoxyl, Ci -I0 -thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 6 -
  • Ci 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci -]0 -alkyl, C 2 .io-alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, C 3 . l o-cycloalkyl, C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, C 1-10 -alkoxyl, Ci.
  • l o-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, oxo, Ci- 6 alkoxyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; n is O, 1 or 2; and o is O, 1 or 2, provided the compound is not 4-phenyl-N-(4-(pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-yl- oxy)phenyl)phthalazin- 1 -amine .
  • the instant invention does not include the compound of 4- phenyl-N-(4-(pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-yl-oxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein A 1 is N or CR 2 ;
  • L 1 is -O-, -S- or -NR 4 -;
  • L 2 is -NR 4 -;
  • R 6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indoly
  • R 7 and R 8 taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally A-1401-WO-PCT - 7 -
  • compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, useful for treating Aurora kinase and related disorders, including cancer and inflammation are generally defined by Formula II:
  • D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A 2 is C, A 3 is N and each of A 4 and A 5 , independently, is CR 1 or when A 1 is CR 2 , then D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A 2 is N, A 3 is C, A 4 is N and A 5 is CR 1 ;
  • L 1 is -O-, -S-, or -NR 4 -; each R 1 , independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, Q.io-alkyl, C 2-] o-alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C 4- io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, -SR 9 , -OR 9 , - NR 9 R 9 , -C(O)R 9 , -COOR 9 , -OC(O)R 9 , -C(O)C(O)R 9 , -C(O)NR 9 R 9
  • l o-cycloalkyl C 4-10 -cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, C ⁇ l o-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R 9 ; .
  • R 2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , Ci- ⁇ -alkyl, C 2-6 - alkenyl, C 2 - 6 -alkynyl, C 1-6 -alkoxyl, C 1-6 -thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R 9 ; each R 3 , independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , C ⁇ io-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, C 3-I0 -CyClOaIlCyI, C 4 -io-cycloalkenyl, Ci. 10 -alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl
  • R 4 is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C 2 -io-alkenyl, C 2- I 0 - alkynyl, C 3 .io-cycloalkyl, C 4- io-cycloalkenyl, Ci -10 -alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci -I0 - alkoxyl, Ci.i 0 -thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R 10 , halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO 2 , NH 2 ,
  • R is H, acetyl, Cj.io-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, C 3 . ]0 -cycloalkyl, C 4-I0 - cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, C).i 0 -dialkylamino-, Ci.i 0 -alkoxyl, Q.io-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C 2 -io-alkenyl, C 2 -io-alkynyl, C 3- l o-cycloalkyl,
  • l o-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, oxo, C ]-6 alkyl, Q- 6 alkoxyl, C 3 ⁇ cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; n is O, 1, 2 or 3; and o is O, 1 or 2.
  • the compounds of the present invention include compounds of Formula III:
  • a 1 is N or CR 2 ;
  • D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein one of A 2 and A 3 , independently, is N and the other of A 2 and A 3 is C, and each of A 4 and A 5 , independently, is N or CR 1 , provided that both of A 4 and A 5 , independently, are not N;
  • L 1 is -O-, -NR 4 -, -S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -SO 2 - or -CR 4 R 4 -; each R 1 , independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, C ⁇ io-alkyl, C 2-I0 -alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, C 4- io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci -10 -alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, -SR 9 , -OR 9 , - NR 9 R 9 , -C(O)R 9 , -COOR 9 , -OC(O)R 9 , -C(O)C(
  • R 2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , C 1-6 -alkyl, C 2-6 - alkenyl, Ci- 6 -alkylamino-, C 1-6 -alkoxyl, Ci- 6 -thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R 9 ; each R 3 , independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , Ci.io-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2-) o-alkynyl, Cs-m-cycloalkyl, C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, Q.io-alkylamino-, C ⁇ io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thio
  • R 6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-io-alkyl, C 2- i 0 -alkenyl, C 2-I0 - alkynyl, Ca.io-cycloalkyl, C 4-] o-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci -I0 - alkoxyl, Cj.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R 10 , halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH,
  • R 10 substituents ofR 10 , halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, oxo, C 1-6 alkyl, C I-6 alkoxyl, C 3- 6 cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl;
  • R 10 is H, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, C 3-10 -cycloalkyl, C 4-I0 - cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Q-io-alkoxyl, Ci.] 0 -thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-io-alkyl, C 2 -io-alkenyl, C 2 -io-alkynyl, C 3 .
  • l o-cycloalkyl C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, d.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Cj- l o-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, oxo, C ⁇ alkyl, C 1- 6 alkoxyl, C 3-6 CyClOaIlCyI, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; n is O, 1, 2 or 3; o is O, 1 or 2; and p is O, 1 or 2.
  • the D' ring of Formulas I, II and HI is a heteroaromatic ring comprising at least one and up to three (3) nitrogen atoms.
  • the compounds of Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein A 1 is N, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • the compounds of Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein A 1 is CR 2 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • the compounds of Formulas I, EI and III include compounds wherein A 1 is CR 2 wherein R 2 is either H or a halogen, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • the compounds of Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein D' is A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 12 -
  • R ! and n are as defined in Formulas I, II and III above, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • the compounds of Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein D' is
  • the compounds of Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein D' is
  • R 1 and n are as defined in Formulas I, II and III, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • the compounds of Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein D' is
  • N- N V - ⁇ T* , w ...h. erei •n R D i 1 and n are as defined in Formulas I, II and III, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • the compounds of Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein D' is A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 13 -
  • R 1 and n are as defined in Formulas I, II and IQ, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • the compounds of Formulas I, ⁇ and III include compounds wherein D' is
  • R and n are as defined in Formulas I, II and III, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • the compounds of Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein D' is
  • R 1 and n are as defined in Formulas I, II and III, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein when A 1 is N then D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A 2 is C, A 3 is N and each of A 4 and A 5 , independently, is CR 1 or when A 1 is CR 2 , then D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A 2 is N, A 3 is C, A 4 is N and A 5 is CR 1 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein when A 1 is N then D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A 2 is C, A 3 is N and each of A 4 and A 5 , independently, is CR 1 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and ITI include compounds wherein when A 1 is CR 2 , then D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A 2 is N, A 3 is C, A 4 is N and A 5 is CR 1 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein of A 7 is N and A 8 is CR 5 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein of A 8 is N and A 7 is CR 5 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A 7 and A 8 is N, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein L 1 is - O-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein L 1 is - NR 4 -, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III includes compounds wherein L 1 is -
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein L 1 is - S-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and EQ include compounds wherein L 1 is - C(O)-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and EQ include compounds wherein L 1 is - S(O)-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein L 1 is - SO 2 -, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein L 1 is -
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 2 is -O-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 2 is -NR 4 -, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 2 is -NH-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 2 is -S-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L 2 is -C(O)-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 2 is -S(O)-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 2 is -SO 2 -, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formula I includes compounds wherein L 2 is -CR 4 R 4 -, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein R 1 is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, C,. 10 -alkyl, C 2- I 0 - A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 15 -
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R 1 , independently, is COOR 9 , -OC(O)R 9 , -C(O)C(O)R 9 , -C(O)NR 9 R 9 , -NR 9 C(O)R 9 , - NR 9 C(O)NR 9 R 9 , -NR 9 (COOR 9 ), -OC(O)NR 9 R 9 , -S(O) 2 R 9 , -S(O) 2 R 9 , -S(O) 2 NR 9 R 9 , - NR 9 S(O) 2 NR 9 R 9 or -NR 9 S(O) 2 R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R 1 , independently, is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the C 1-10 -alkyl, C 2 .i 0 -alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C 4- l o-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Q-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R 1 , independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, C 3 .io-cycloalkyl, C 4 .io-cycloalkenyl, Ci -I0 - alkylamino-, Cioo-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, -SR 9 , -OR 9 , -NR 9 R 9 , - C(O)R 9 , -COOR 9 , -OC(O)R 9 , -C(O)C(O)R 9 , -C(O)NR 9 R 9 , -NR 9 C(
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R 1 , independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, Ci-io-alkyl, C 2 .] 0 -alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, C 3 -io-cycloalkyl, C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, Ci -I0 - A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 16 -
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R 1 , independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, Q -6 - alkyl, C 2 _ 5 -alkenyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, C ⁇ -cycloalkyl, Ci-e-alkylamino-, Ci- 6 -dialkylamino-, Q- 6 -alkoxyl, C 1-6 -thioalkoxyl, -C(O)R 9 , -COOR 9 , -OC(O)R 9 , -C(O)C(O)R 9 , -C(O)NR 9 R 9 , - NR 9 C(O)R 9 , -NR 9 C(O)NR 9 R 9 , -NR 9 (COOR 9 ), -OC(O)NR 9 R 9 , -
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R 1 , independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , Ci -10 -alkyl, C 2-10 -alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, C M0 - dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein R 2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , d -10 -alkyl, C 2-K) -alkenyl, C 2-I0 - alkynyl, C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci -I0 - alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein R 2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , Ci.io-alkoxyl or C M0 -alkyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein R 2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , Ci.io-alkoxyl or C M0 -alkyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein R 2 is
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R 3 , independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , Ci -10 -alkyl, C 2 .io-alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, Q.io-cycloalkyl, C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, Ci -10 -alkylamino-, C MO - dialkylamino-, C ⁇ io-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R 3 , independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , Ci -10 - alkoxyl or Ci.io-alkyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R 3 , independently, is H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF 3 , haloalkyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , methyl, ethyl, propyl, methoxyl, ethoxyl, cyclopropyl or acetyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R 3 , independently, is H, F, Cl, Br, CF 3 , haloalkyl, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , methyl, ethyl, methoxyl, ethoxyl, cyclopropyl, aminomethyl or acetyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R 4 , independently, is H, CN, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl or in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each
  • R 4 independently, is H or in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R 4 , independently, is H or methyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R 4 , independently, is H, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and HI include compounds wherein R 6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, C 3- l o-cycloalkyl, C 4- io-cycloalkenyl, Cj.io-alkylamino-, C].
  • R 10 substituents of R 10 , halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, oxo, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1- 6 alkoxyl, C 3 ⁇ cycloalkyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, C 1- i 0 -dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein R 6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazo
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein R 6 is phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodiox
  • Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein R 6 is phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl, each of which is optionally A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 19 -
  • R 10 substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R 10 , halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, oxo, Ci- ⁇ alkyl, Ci-ealkoxyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, C M0 - dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I and II include compounds wherein each of R 7 and R 8 independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, C 3- io-cycloalkyl, C 4 .i 0 -cycloalkenyl, C MO - alkylamino-, C,. 10 -dialkylamino-, C,. 10 -alkoxyl, C,. 10 -thioalkoxyl, SR 10 , OR 10 , NR 4 R 10 , C(O)R 10 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I and II include compounds wherein either of
  • R 7 or R 8 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-io-alkyl, C 2 -io-alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, C 3- io-cycloalkyl, C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, C 1-10 -thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R 10 , halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO 2 , NH 2
  • Formulas I and II include compounds wherein R 8 taken together with R 7 and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I and II include compounds wherein R 8 taken together with R 7 and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I and II include compounds wherein R 6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the C ]-10 -alkyl, C 2 .i 0 -alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, C 3 .
  • l o-cycloalkyl Ci -)0 -alkylamino-, Ci -10 -dialkylamino-, Ci -)0 -alkoxyl, C,. l o-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R 10 , halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO 2 , NH 2 , OH, oxo, C ⁇ alkyl, C 1- 6 alkoxyl, C 3 _ 6 cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and R 7 and R 8 , taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1 -3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring
  • R 6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indoly
  • R 7 and R 8 taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R 9 , in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
  • Formulas I and II include compounds wherein A 1 is CR 2 and D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A 2 is N, A 3 is C, A 4 is N and A 5 is CR 1 ; A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 21 -
  • R 6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofiiranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, ind
  • Formula HI include compounds wherein
  • a 1 is N and D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A 2 is C, A 3 is N and each of A 4 and A 5 , independently, is CR 1 ; and
  • R 6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indoly
  • Formula III include compounds wherein
  • a 1 is CR 2 and D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A 2 is N, A 3 is C, A 4 is N and A 5 is CR 1 ;
  • R 6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indoly
  • the invention provides compounds generally defined by Formula FV-A:
  • L 1 is -O-, -NR 4 -, -S- wherein R 4 is H, halo, OH, C ⁇ alkoxyl, NH-C 1-6 alkyl, CN or C ⁇ alkyl; each R 1 , independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, d.io-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2-] o-alkynyl, C 3- i 0 -cycloalkyl, C 4-10 -cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, C].io-thioalkoxyl, -SR 9 , -OR 9 , - A-1401 -WO-PCT - 23 -
  • each R 3 independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , Ci.io-alkyl, C 2- io-alkenyl, C 2- io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C 4- io-cycloalkenyl, Ci. 10 -alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R 9 ;
  • R 6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indoly
  • the invention provides compounds generally defined by Formula FV-B: A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 24 -
  • each R 1 independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO 2 , NH 2 , acetyl, Ci-io-alkyl, C 2 -io-alkenyl, C 2- i 0 -alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C 4- i 0 -cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, -SR 9 , -OR 9 , - NR 9 R 9 , -C(O)R 9 , -COOR 9 , -OC(O)R 9 , -C(O)C(O)R 9 , -C(O)NR 9 R 9 , -NR 9 C(O)R 9 , -NR 9 C(O
  • each R 3 independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH,
  • R 6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indoly
  • Formulas I, II, III and FV-A and FV-B include the exemplary compounds and derivatives, progrugs, solvates, tautomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof, intermediates related thereto, examples of which are described in the Examples herein.
  • the invention provides the following compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof, selected from 4-(5-chloro-2-pyridinyl)-N-(4-(pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ylthio)phenyl)-l- phthalazinamine; 4-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-N-(4-(pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ylthio)phenyl)-l- phthalazinamine;
  • cancer and “cancerous” when used herein refer to or describe the physiological condition in mammals that is typically characterized by unregulated cell growth.
  • examples of cancer include, without limitation, carcinoma, lymphoma, sarcoma, blastoma and leukemia. More particular examples of such cancers include squamous cell carcinoma, lung cancer, pancreatic cancer, cervical cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon carcinoma, and head and neck cancer. While the term “cancer” as used herein is not limited to any one specific form of the disease, it is believed that the A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 27 -
  • methods of the invention will be particularly effective for cancers which are found to be accompanied by unregulated levels of Aurora kinase(s) in the mammal.
  • treat refers to therapy, including without limitation, curative therapy, prophylactic therapy, and preventative therapy.
  • Prophylactic treatment generally constitutes either preventing the onset of disorders altogether or delaying the onset of a pre-clinically evident stage of disorders in individuals.
  • mammal refers to any mammal classified as a mammal, including humans, cows, horses, dogs and cats. In one embodiment of the invention, the mammal is a human.
  • a “pharmaceutically-acceptable derivative” denotes any salt (also referred to as “pharmaceutically-acceptable salt”), any prodrug such as a phospshate or an ester of a compound of this invention, or any other compound which upon administration to a patient is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) a compound of this invention, or a metabolite or residue thereof, characterized by the ability to inhibit Aurora kinase.
  • ring and “ring system” refer to a one or more rings, typically fused together where more than one ring, comprising the delineated number of atoms, said atoms being carbon or, where indicated, a heteroatom such as nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur.
  • the ring itself, as well as any substitutents thereon, may be attached at any atom that allows a stable compound to be formed.
  • nonaromatic ring or ring system refers to the fact that at least one, but not necessarily all, rings in a bicyclic or tricyclic ring system is not fully unsaturated.
  • leaving groups generally refer to groups that are displaceable by a nucleophile. Such leaving groups are known in the art. Examples of leaving groups include, but are not limited to, halides (e.g., I, Br, F, Cl), sulfonates (e.g., mesylate, tosylate), sulfides (e.g., SCH 3 ), N-hydroxsuccinimide, N-hydroxybenzotriazole, and the like. Nucleophiles are species that are capable of attacking a molecule at the point of attachment of the leaving group causing displacement of the leaving group. Nucleophiles are known in the art. Examples of nucleophilic groups include, but are not limited to, amines, thiols, A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 28 -
  • H denotes a single hydrogen atom. This radical may be attached, for example, to an oxygen atom to form a hydroxyl radical.
  • alkyl is used, either alone or within other terms such as
  • haloalkyl and "alkylamino", it embraces linear or branched radicals preferably having alpha to beta number of carbon atoms.
  • a Cj-Cio alkyl is an alkyl comprising 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • examples of such radicals include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isoamyl, hexyl and the like. It is contemplated herein that alkyl radicals may be optionally substituted with various substituents, where indicated.
  • alkenyl embraces linear or branched radicals having at least one carbon-carbon double bond and having two or more carbon atoms.
  • alkenyl radicals include, without limitation, ethenyl, propenyl, allyl, propenyl, butenyl and 4-methylbutenyl.
  • alkenyl embrace radicals having
  • alkenyl radicals may be optionally substituted with various substituents, where indicated.
  • alkynyl alone or in combination, denotes linear or branched radicals having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and having two or more carbon atoms.
  • alkynyl radicals include, without limitation, ethynyl, propynyl (propargyl), butynyl, and the like. It is contemplated herein that alkynyl radicals may be optionally substituted with various substituents, where indicated.
  • halo alone or in combination, means halogens such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atoms.
  • haloalkyl embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the alkyl carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above.
  • this term includes monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl radicals such as a perhaloalkyl.
  • a monohaloalkyl radical for example, may have either an iodo, bromo, chloro or fluoro atom within the radical.
  • Dihalo and polyhaloalkyl radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals.
  • haloalkyl radicals include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, difluoroethyl, difluoropropyl, dichloroethyl A-1401-WO-PCT - 29 -
  • Perfluoroalkyl refers to alkyl radicals having all hydrogen atoms replaced with fluoro atoms. Examples include trifluoromethyl and pentafluoroethyl.
  • hydroxyalkyl embraces linear or branched alkyl radicals having one or more carbon atoms any one of which may be substituted with one or more hydroxyl radicals. Examples of such radicals include hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl, hydroxybutyl and hydroxyhexyl.
  • alkoxy embraces linear or branched oxy- containing radicals each having alkyl portions of alpha to beta number of carbon atoms.
  • a C MO alkoxy radical indicates an alkoxide having one to ten carbon atoms, arranged in a linear or branched fashion, attached to an oxygen atom.
  • examples of such radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy and ter/-butoxy.
  • Alkoxy radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide "haloalkoxy" radicals.
  • halo atoms such as fluoro, chloro or bromo
  • partially or fully saturated refers to a moiety, linear, branched or cyclic in nature, having no atom-atom double or triple bonds (fully saturated) or having one or more atom-atom double or triple bonds which are arranged such that where the structural moiety is cyclic, the cycle is not fully unsaturated (non-aromatic), as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
  • aryl alone or in combination, means a carbocyclic aromatic moiety containing one, two or even three rings wherein such rings may be attached together in a fused manner.
  • aryl embraces aromatic radicals such as phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, anthracenyl, and indanyl.
  • Said "aryl” group may have 1 or more substituents such as lower alkyl, hydroxyl, halo, haloalkyl, nitro, cyano, alkoxy and lower alkylamino, and the like.
  • Phenyl substituted with -0-CH 2 -O- forms an aryl benzodioxolyl substituent.
  • Aryl as used herein, implies a fully unsaturated ring.
  • heterocycles or “heterocyclic radicals”, alone or in combination, embraces saturated, partially saturated and partially unsaturated heteroatom-containing ring radicals, where the heteroatoms may be selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. This term does not include rings containing -0-0-,-O-S- or -S-S- portions. Said A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 30 -
  • heterocycle may have 1 or more substituents such as hydroxyl, Boc, halo, haloalkyl, cyano, lower alkyl, lower aralkyl, oxo, lower alkoxy, amino and lower alkylamino.
  • saturated heterocyclic radicals include saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic groups containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms [e.g. pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, piperazinyl]; saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g. morpholinyl]; saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g., thiazolidinyl].
  • partially saturated (or partially unsaturated) heterocyclyl radicals include dihydrothienyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrofuryl and dihydrothiazolyl.
  • heteroaryl radicals embraces fully unsaturated heteroatom-containing ring radicals, where the heteroatoms may be selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen.
  • heteroaryl radicals include unsaturated 5 to 6 membered heteromonocyclyl group containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms, for example, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazolyl [e.g., 4H-l,2,4-triazolyl, lH-l,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-l,2,3-triazolyl]; unsaturated 5- to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing an oxygen atom, for example, pyranyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, etc.; unsaturated 5 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group
  • heterocycle and “heteroaryl” also embraces radicals which are fused/condensed with aryl radicals: unsaturated condensed heterocyclic or heteroaryl groups containing 1 to 5 nitrogen atoms, for example, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, tetrazolopyridazinyl [e.g., tetrazolo [l,5-b]pyridazinyl]; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g.
  • heterocyclic radicals include five to ten membered fused or unfused radicals.
  • heteroaryl radicals include quinolyl, isoquinolyl, imidazolyl, pyridyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, furyl, and pyrazinyl.
  • heteroaryl radicals are 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, containing one or two heteroatoms selected from sulfur, nitrogen and oxygen, such as thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, indazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl and pyrazinyl radicals.
  • heteroaryl radicals are 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, containing one or two heteroatoms selected from sulfur, nitrogen and oxygen, such as thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, indazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl and pyrazinyl radicals.
  • non-nitrogen containing heteroaryl examples include, without limitation, pyranyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, and the like.
  • partially and fully saturated heterocyclyl include, without limitation, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiazolidinyl, dihydrothienyl, 2,3-dihydro- benzo[l,4]dioxanyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, dihydrobenzofuryl, isochromanyl, chromanyl, 1,2-dihydroquinolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolyl, 1,2,3,4- tetrahydro
  • sulfonyl whether used alone or linked to other terms such as alkylsulfonyl, denotes respectively divalent radicals -SO 2 -.
  • Ci -]0 alkylthio embraces radicals containing a linear or branched alkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms, attached to a divalent sulfur atom.
  • An example of “alkylthio” is methylthio, (CH 3 S-).
  • aminoalkyl and "diaminoalkyl” embraces "N-Ci.ioalkylamino” and "N,N-Ci.iodialkylamino", respectively, where amino groups are independently substituted with one alkyl radical and with two alkyl radicals, respectively.
  • alkylamino radicals include "lower alkylamino” radicals having one or two alkyl radicals of one to six carbon atoms, attached to a nitrogen atom.
  • Suitable alkylamino radicals may be mono or dialkylamino such as N-methylamino, N-ethylamino, N,N-dimethylamino, N 5 N- diethylamino and the like.
  • cycloalkyl includes saturated carbocyclic groups.
  • cycloalkyl groups include C3-C6 rings, such as compounds including, cyclopentyl, cyclopropyl, and cyclohexyl.
  • cycloalkenyl includes carbocyclic groups having one or more carbon- carbon double bonds including “cycloalkyldienyl” compounds.
  • cycloalkenyl groups include C 3 -C 6 rings, such as compounds including, without limitation, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl and cycloheptadienyl.
  • Forms are meant to be open ended, including the indicated component(s) but not excluding other elements.
  • the terms "Formula I”, “Formula II”, “Formula ffl” and “Formula IV” include any sub formulas.
  • Formula IV includes both Formulas FV-A and FV-B.
  • the present invention comprises processes for the preparation of a compound of Formulae I, II, ITI and IV.
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable salts are also included in the family of compounds of Formulas I - FV.
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable salts embraces salts commonly used to form alkali metal salts and to form addition salts of free acids or free bases. The nature of the salt is not critical, provided that it is pharmaceutically-acceptable.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salts of compounds of Formulas I - IV may be prepared from an inorganic acid or from an organic acid. Examples of such inorganic acids include, without limitation, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, nitric, carbonic, sulfuric and phosphoric acid.
  • organic acids include, without limitation, aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, arylaliphatic, heterocyclic, carboxylic and sulfonic classes of organic acids, examples of which are formic, acetic, adipic, butyric, propionic, succinic, glycolic, gluconic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, glucuronic, maleic, fumaric, pyruvic, aspartic, glutamic, benzoic, anthranilic, mesylic, 4-hydroxybenzoic, phenylacetic, mandelic, embonic (pamoic), methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, ethanedisulfonic, benzenesulfonic, pantothenic, 2- hydroxyethanesulfonic, toluenesulfonic, sulfanilic, cyclohexylaminosulfonic, camphoric, camphorsulf
  • Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable base addition salts of compounds of Formulas I - FV include, without limitation, metallic salts such as salts made from aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc, or salts made from organic bases including primary, secondary, tertiary amines and substituted amines including cyclic amines such as caffeine, arginine, diethylamine, N-ethyl piperidine, aistidine, glucamine, isopropylamine, lysine, morpholine, N-ethyl morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, triethylamine, trimethylamine.
  • metallic salts such as salts made from aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc
  • organic bases including primary, secondary, tertiary amines and substituted amines including cyclic amines such as caffeine, arginine, diethylamine, N-ethyl piperidine, aistidine, glucamine, is
  • AU of the salts contemplated herein may be prepared by conventional means from the corresponding compound by reacting, for example, the appropriate acid or base with the compound of Formulas I - IV.
  • a compound of Formulas I - rV may also form internal salts.
  • the chloride of compound 3 can then be reacted with a suitably nucleophilic aniline spcies, such as a thiol 4 (wherein L 1 is a sulfur and L 2 is an NH; Note that phenols may also be used to prepare similar intermediates where L 1 is O), under basic conditions such as the use of a suitable case, including a cesium base as shown.
  • a suitably nucleophilic aniline spcies such as a thiol 4 (wherein L 1 is a sulfur and L 2 is an NH; Note that phenols may also be used to prepare similar intermediates where L 1 is O), under basic conditions such as the use of a suitable case, including a cesium base as shown.
  • the resulting intermediate 5 may then be reacted with a chloride material 6 under suitable conditions to afford the desired compounds 7.
  • the thiol 4 is generally sufficiently nucleophilic, under suitable conditions, to displace the chloride of compound 3.
  • Compound 4 may also be an alcohol, a primary or secondary amine or a nucleophilic carbon species (all of which are not shown) to effect the transformation to compound 5, as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
  • the amine group on compound 4 may be protected as necessary or left unprotected, as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
  • Suitable bases to yield compound 5 include, without limitation, carbonate bases such as cesium carbonate (CS 2 CO 3 ), Na 2 CO 3 , K 2 CO 3 and the like in a suitable solvent, whose properties will generally depend upon the solubility of the starting materials, polarity, and other factors readily appreciated in the art.
  • Amine 5, if protected may generally first be deprotected, and then reacted with an optionally substituted chloro- pyridine, chloro-pyridazine (where A 8 is N), chloro-phthalazine (where R 7 and R 8 taken together form a phenyl ring) and the like under suitable conditions, including without limitation, under basic conditions, acidic conditions and heated conditions, in suitable solvent or combination of solvents to afford compound 7, of Formulas 1-IV. Representative examples of such reactions are further described hereinbelow.
  • the ester group of compounds 9 may be hydrolyzed and decarboxylated, or otherwise eliminated, under conventional conditions, such as aqueous sodium chloride, to form the corresponding ketone intermediate 10, as shown.
  • Arylation of compound 10 can be accomplished with a suitable base, such as DABCO, and the corresponding activated aryl group, such as fluoro-nitro-benzene 11, as shown.
  • the nitro group of resulting intermediate 12 may first be reduced to the corresponding amino intermediate 13 under conventional conditions, such as hydrogenation un the presence of a suitable catalyst, as shown.
  • the corresponding amine 13 can then be reacted with a chloride 6 under suitable conditions to afford the desired compounds 14. Representative examples of such reactions are further described hereinbelow.
  • the bromide of compounds 18, obtained by bromination with phosphiorus oxybromide may be reacted with a thiol or alcohol 4, under conventional conditions, to afford intermediate 19.
  • the resulting aniline intermediate 19 may then be reacted with a heteroaryl chloride 6 under suitable conditions to afford the desired compounds 20.
  • Compounds 28 of Formula I-IV (wherein L 1 is S and L 2 is NH), can be prepared according to the method generally described in Scheme 4. As shown, phthalic anhydride can be reacted with a hydroxyl-amino-pyrazole 21 to protect the amine group and provide intermediate 22. The hydroxyl group of 22 can be displaced in a Mitsunobu type reaction, as shown to provide the ally lie ether 23.
  • Intermediate 23 can be reacted with hydroxyethylacrylate under basic conditions, or the corresponding sodium salt as shown, to afford the hydroxyl-pyrazolo-pyrimidine 24 (where A 1 is CH, A 3 is C, A 2 and A 4 are each N and A 5 is CR 1 , of the D' ring, are each CR 1 , respectively).
  • the hydroxy group of compounds 24 may be functionalizaled or converted to a useable group, such as a chloride to form the corresponding chloride intermediate 25, under conventional, known methods, such as with phosphorus oxycloride (POCl 3 ) as shown.
  • the chloride of compound 25 can then be reacted with a suitably nucleophilic species, such as a thiol 4 (wherein L 1 is a sulfur and L 2 is an NH; Note that phenols may also be used to prepare similar intermediates where L 1 is O), under basic conditions such as the use of a suitable case, including a cesium base as shown.
  • a suitably nucleophilic species such as a thiol 4 (wherein L 1 is a sulfur and L 2 is an NH; Note that phenols may also be used to prepare similar intermediates where L 1 is O), under basic conditions such as the use of a suitable case, including a cesium base as shown.
  • the resulting aniline intermediate 26 may then be reacted with a chloride 6 under suitable conditions to afford the desired ether protected compounds 27. Ether 27 can then be deprotected under A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 40 -
  • the hydroxy group of compounds 24-A may be functionalizaled or converted to a useable group, such as a chloride to form the corresponding chloride intermediate 25-A, under conventional, known methods, such as with phosphorus oxycloride (POCI3) as shown.
  • the chloride of compound 25-A can then be reacted with a suitably nucleophilic species, such as a thiol 4 (wherein L 1 is a sulfur and L 2 is an NH; Note that phenols may also be used to prepare similar intermediates where L 1 is O), under basic conditions such as the use of a suitable case, including a cesium base as shown.
  • a suitably nucleophilic species such as a thiol 4 (wherein L 1 is a sulfur and L 2 is an NH; Note that phenols may also be used to prepare similar intermediates where L 1 is O), under basic conditions such as the use of a suitable case, including a cesium base as shown.
  • intermediate 26-A may then be reacted with a chloride 6 under suitable conditions to afford the desired ether compounds 27-A.
  • chloride 32 may be reacted with and discplaced by a suitable thiol 4, as shown, to provide coupled adduct 33.
  • the resulting aniline intermediate 33 may then be reacted with a chloride 6 under suitable conditions to afford the desired compounds 34.
  • Chloride 34 can then be reacted under conventional conditions with suitable nucleophilic species to provide the corresponding desired R 1 substituted pyrrolo-triazines (not shown).
  • Compounds 37 can be made by treating compounds 35 (where L 1 is as defined herein) with either of reagents 36 in a Suzuki, Stille or Sonagashira type reaction, under conditions suitable for each reaction, respectively. Such reactions work well where R 6 is an aromatic group. Each reaction method is known in the art and generally appreciated by those skilled in the art. Examples of such reactions are described in further detail hereinbelow. In addition, methods for Sonagashira reactions may be found in Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2003, 42, 5993-5996.
  • Compounds 40 may be prepared by a single reaction between a bromo-substituted compound 38 and a desired R 1 group appropriately substituted with a nucleophile or other suitable group to prepare compound 40. Such transformations may be accomplished using a variety of different methods, as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
  • desirable amino-R 1 groups can be installed at a suitable position on a D' ring by treating bromide 38 in the presence of a suitable palladium species and a suitable R'-halide, R 1 - amine or other desired R 1 -reagent under suitable conditions.
  • modified Suzuki conditions involving the use of a Pd(O) mediated-coupling with an aryl boronate A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 43 -
  • compounds 40 can also be prepared using corresponding stannanes or zincates, as is known in the art.
  • desired R 1 groups may be installed onto the D'-ring using conventional methods (not shown), as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
  • the mobile phase used a mixture of solvent A (H 2 CVO.1% HOAc) and solvent B (AcCN/0.1% HOAc) with a 9 min time period for a gradient from 10% to 90% solvent B. The gradient was followed by a 0.5 min period to return to 10% solvent B and a 2.5 min 10% solvent B re-equilibration (flush) of the column.
  • solvent A H 2 CVO.1% HOAc
  • solvent B AcCN/0.1% HOAc
  • Step 1 Sodium 3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-olate To a mixture of sodium hydride, 60% (1.07 g, 26.7 mmol) and /Pr 2 O (40 mL) at RT was added ethyl acetate (2.36 ml, 24.1 mmol) in one portion. The internal temperature was adjusted to 40 0 C. After 5 minutes, ethyl formate (3.87 ml, 48.1 mmol) was added dropwise such that the internal temperature did not rise above 42 0 C. After the addition was complete, the solution was stirred at RT for 16 hr. The mixture was filtered under Argon and the solid rinsed with hexanes. The resulting white solid, sodium (Z)-3-ethoxy- 3-oxoprop-l-en-l-olate, was advanced without further purification. Step 2: 2-CvclopropylpyrazolorL5-a1pyrimidin-7-ol
  • Step 5 4-(4-Chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(2-cvclopropylpyrazolor 1 ,5-a1pyrimidin-7- ylthio * )phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine
  • Example 2 A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 46 -
  • Step 2 Pyrrolo ⁇ .2-blpyridazin-4(lHVone
  • Step 5 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(pyrrolor 1 ,2-blpyridazin-4-yloxy)phenyl)- 1 - phthalazinamine
  • Step 1 1 -Amino- lH-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile lH-Pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde (12.5 g, 131 mmol) and hydroxylamine-O-sulfonic acid (52.0 g, 460 mmol) were combined in water (400 mL) and stirred at RT for 1 hr.
  • Step 2 1 -Amino- 1 H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide
  • 1 -amino- lH-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile 100 mg, 0.934 mmol
  • potassium hydroxide 1.26 g, 22.5 mmol
  • the resulting mixture was then cooled to 0 0 C and filtered.
  • the collected solid was washed with cold water until the washings were pH neutral and purified by silica gel chromatography using 0-100 % of 90/10/1 CH 2 Cl 2 ZMeOHMH 4 OH in CH 2 Cl 2 to afford 1- amino- 1 H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide.
  • Step 1 2-(5-Hvdroxy-lH-pyrazol-3-yl ' )isoindoline-l,3-dione
  • phthalic acid anhydride 14.9 g, 101 mmol
  • acetic acid 69.3 ml, 1.21 mol
  • the mixture was heated to reflux. After 4 days, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford a slurry that was cooled to 0 0 C and filtered.
  • the solid was rinsed with A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 49 -
  • Step 2B To a mixture of 2-(5-(allyloxy)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)isoindoline-l,3-dione (0.684 g, 2.54 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) at RT was added anhydrous hydrazine (0.319 ml, 10.2 mmol).
  • Steps 3-7 N-(4-(2-(allyloxy)pyrazolor 1.5-a1pyrimidin-7-ylthio)phenyl)-4-(4- chlorophenvDphthalazin-1 -amine
  • the title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to that described in Example 1, Steps 2-6.
  • Steps 2-7 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-((2-((2-(methyloxy)ethyl)oxy)pyrazolo[ 1.5- alpyrimidin-7-yl)thio)phenylV 1 -phthalazinamine
  • the title compound, 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-7-ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine was prepared by a method analogous to that described in Example 1.
  • Step 1 Methyl l-amino-3-chloro-lH-pyrrole-2-carboxylate hydrochloride To a mixture of methyl S-chloro-lH-pyrrole ⁇ -carboxylate (2.50 g, 15.7 mmol) and DMF (10 mL) at 0 0 C was added 60% sodium hydride (0.816 g, 20.4 mmol). After 15 min, O- (2,4-dinitrophenyl)hydroxylamine (3.74 g, 18.8 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0 0 C for 1 hr before warming to RT. After 18 hrs, the mixture was diluted with 10% NaCl and extracted with EtOAc.
  • Step 2 5-Chloropyrrolo ⁇ .2-fin.2.41triazin-4(3HVone
  • Steps 3-7 4-(4-ChlorophenylVN-(4-(5-chloropyrrolor 1.2-fl ⁇ 1.2.41triazin-4- yithio ' lphenvDphthalazin- 1 -amine
  • Example 8 A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 52 -
  • 1,4-Dichlorophthalazine (1.40 g, 7.03 mmol), 4-methylthiophen-2-ylboronic acid (999 mg, 7.03 mmol), and PdCl 2 (DPPF) (721 mg, 985 ⁇ mol) were added into a sealed tube.
  • the tube was purged with Argon.
  • sodium carbonate 2.0 M in water
  • 1,4-dioxane (35.2 ml, 7.03 mmol) were added.
  • the tube was sealed, stirred at RT for 5 min, and placed in a preheated oil bath at 1 10 0 C.
  • Step 1 2-(T)imethylamino)isoindoline-l,3-dione.
  • the title compound was prepared according to methods described in the following papers: (a) Deniau, E.; Enders. D.; Couture, A.; Grandclaudon, P. Tetrahedron: Asymmetry 2003, 14, 2253. (b) Saito, Y.; Sakamoto, T.; Kikugawa, Y. Synthesis 2001, 221. (c) Deniau, E.; Enders, D. Tetrahedron Lett. 2000, 41, 2347.
  • Step 1 4-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-ethyl-2-hydroxy-4-oxobutanoic acid
  • 2-oxobutanoic acid (2.50 g, 24.5 mmol) and 3.2 mL of water and the mixture was cooled to 0 0 C.
  • the acid was neutralized by slow addition of 20% aqueous KOH.
  • 3'-chloroacetophenone (3.79 g, 24.5 mmol) was added, followed by a 1.3 M solution of KOH (2.20 g, 39.2 mmol) in MeOH.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 56 -
  • Step 3 3-chloro-6-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-ethylpyridazine
  • 6-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-ethylpyridazin-3(2H)-one (1.50 g, 6.4 mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (6.0 ml, 64 mmol).
  • Hunig's base (1.2 ml, 7.0 mmol) was added to the mixture dropwise (slightly exothermic).
  • the flask was fitted with a reflux condenser and a nitrogen inlet and the mixture was heated at 110 0 C for 3 h.
  • chloro-pyrazolo-pyrimidine intermediate for preparation of examples 17-19, was prepared by a procedure analogous to that described in Senga, K.; et al. J. Med. Chem. 1981, 24, 610-613.
  • Table I is additional representative examples, of the present invention.
  • the Examples were made by the methods indicated in Table I, which generally correlate to Methods A, B, C, D, E and F of Schemes 1-6 and Examples 1-7 herein.
  • the MS data is the M+H* ion value found for the example.
  • Biological data is provided for those compounds exemplified in Table I. Blanks indicate that no data is available.
  • the invention further provides methods for making compounds of Formulas I-IV.
  • methods for making compounds of Formulas I-IV for example, and in one embodiment, there is provided a method of making a compound of Formula 1, the method comprising the step of reacting compound of Formula A
  • a 8 and R 6"8 of the compound of formula A and A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , L 1 , R 1 , A 3 and n and o of the compound of formula B are as defined herein, to make a compound of Formula I.
  • This method may also be used to make a compound of Formulas II, III and FV.
  • protecting groups may be used. Particularly, if one or more functional groups, for example carboxy, hydroxy, amino, or mercapto groups, are or need to be protected in preparing the compounds of the invention, because they are not intended to take part in a specific reaction or chemical transformation, various known conventional protecting groups may be used. For example, protecting groups typically utilized in the synthesis of natural and synthetic compounds, including peptides, nucleic acids, derivatives thereof and sugars, having multiple reactive centers, chiral centers and other sites potentially susceptible to the reaction reagents and/or conditions, may be used.
  • the procedures may further use appropriate reaction conditions, including inert solvents, additional reagents, such as bases (e.g., LDA, DIEA, pyridine, K 2 CO 3 , and the like), catalysts, and salt forms of the above.
  • additional reagents such as bases (e.g., LDA, DIEA, pyridine, K 2 CO 3 , and the like), catalysts, and salt forms of the above.
  • the intermediates may be isolated or carried on in situ, with or without purification. Purification methods are known in the art and include, for example, crystallization, chromatography (liquid and gas phase, and the like), extraction, distillation, trituration, reverse phase HPLC and the like, many of which were utilized in the Examples above. Reactions conditions such as temperature, duration, pressure, and atmosphere (inert gas, ambient) are known in the art and may be adjusted as appropriate for the reaction.
  • solvents or diluents All synthetic procedures described herein can be carried out either in the absence or in the presence (usually) of solvents or diluents.
  • the solvents should be inert with respect to, and should be able to dissolve, the starting materials and other reagents used.
  • Solvents should be able to partially or wholly solubilize the reactants in the absence or presence of catalysts, condensing agents or neutralizing agents, for example ion exchangers, typically cation exchangers for example in the H + form.
  • the ability of the solvent to allow and/or influence the progress or rate of the reaction is generally dependant on the type and properties of the solvent(s), the reaction conditions including temperature, pressure, atmospheric conditions such as in an inert atmosphere under argon or nitrogen, and concentration, and of the reactants themselves.
  • Suitable solvents for conducting reactions to synthesize compounds of the invention include, without limitation, water; esters, including lower alkyl-lower alkanoates, e.g., EtOAc; ethers including aliphatic ethers, e.g., Et 2 O and ethylene glycol dimethylether or cyclic ethers, e.g., THF; liquid aromatic hydrocarbons, including benzene, toluene and xylene; alcohols, including MeOH, EtOH, 1-propanol, IPOH, n- and t-butanol; nitriles including CH 3 CN; halogenated hydrocarbons, including CH 2 Cl 2 , CHCl 3 and CCU; acid amides including DMF; sulfoxides, including DMSO; bases, including heterocyclic nitrogen bases, e.g.
  • carboxylic acids including lower alkanecarboxylic acids, e.g., AcOH
  • inorganic acids including HCl, HBr, HF, H 2 S ⁇ 4 and the like
  • carboxylic acid anhydrides including lower alkane acid anhydrides, e.g., acetic anhydride
  • cyclic, linear, or branched hydrocarbons including cyclohexane, hexane, A-1401-WO-PCT - 63 -
  • solvents such as purely organic solvent combinations, or water-containing solvent combinations e.g., aqueous solutions.
  • solvents and solvent mixtures may also be used in "working-up" the reaction as well as in processing the reaction and/or isolating the reaction product(s), such as in chromatography.
  • the invention further includes salt forms of compounds of Formulas I, II, III and rv.
  • Salts of a compound of the invention having a salt-forming group may be prepared in a conventional manner or manner known to persons skilled in the art.
  • acid addition salts of compounds of the invention may be obtained by treatment with an acid or with a suitable anion exchange reagent.
  • a salt with two acid molecules for example a dihalogenide
  • a salt with one acid molecule per compound for example a monohalogenide
  • this may be done by heating to a melt, or for example by heating as a solid under a high vacuum at elevated temperature, for example from 50 °C to 170 0 C, one molecule of the acid being expelled per molecule of the compound.
  • Acid salts can usually be converted to free-base compounds, e.g. by treating the salt with suitable basic agents, for example with alkali metal carbonates, alkali metal hydrogen carbonates, or alkali metal hydroxides, typically potassium carbonate or sodium hydroxide.
  • suitable acid and base addition salts are further described in the Definition Section herein.
  • the invention further encompasses pro-drugs of compounds of Formulas I, II, HI and rV.
  • a phosphate group may be a pro-drug derivative of an alcohol group or an amine group, or an ester may be a pro-drug of a carboxylic acid functional group.
  • Phosphate groups may be incorporated into desired compounds of Formulas I, II, III and rV in order to improve upon in-vivo bioavailability and/or other pharmacokinetic or pharmacodynamic properties of the compound.
  • the invention further encompasses "intermediate" compounds, including structures produced from the synthetic procedures described, whether isolated or not, prior to obtaining the finally desired compound. Structures resulting from carrying out steps from a transient starting material, structures resulting from divergence from the described method(s) at any stage, and structures forming starting materials under the reaction conditions are all "intermediates" included in the invention. Further, structures produced by using starting materials in the form of a reactive derivative or salt, or produced by a compound obtainable by means of the process according to the invention A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 64 -
  • Starting materials of the invention are either known, commercially available, or can be synthesized in analogy to or according to methods that are known in the art. Many starting materials may be prepared according to known processes and, in particular, can be prepared using processes described in the examples. In synthesizing starting materials, functional groups may be protected with suitable protecting groups when necessary. Protecting groups, their introduction and removal are described above.
  • optical isomers can be obtained by resolution of the racemic mixtures according to conventional processes, e.g., by formation of diastereoisomeric salts, by treatment with an optically active acid or base.
  • appropriate acids are tartaric, diacetyltartaric, dibenzoyltartaric, ditoluoyltartaric, and camphorsulfonic acid and then separation of the mixture of diastereo isomers by crystallization followed by liberation of the optically active bases from these salts.
  • a different process for separation of optical isomers involves the use of a chiral chromatography column optimally chosen to maximize the separation of the enantiomers.
  • Still another available method involves synthesis of covalent diastereoisomeric molecules by reacting compounds of the invention with chiral reagents, such as an optically pure acid in an activated form or an optically pure isocyanate.
  • the synthesized diastereoisomers can be separated by conventional means such as chromatography, distillation, crystallization or sublimation, and then hydrolyzed to deliver the enantiomerically pure compound.
  • the optically active compounds of the invention can likewise be obtained by using optically active starting materials. These isomers may be in the form of a free acid, a free base, an ester or a salt.
  • the compounds of this invention may also be represented in multiple tautomeric forms.
  • the invention expressly includes all tautomeric forms of the compounds described herein.
  • the compounds may also occur in cis- or trans- or E- or Z- double bond isomeric forms. All such isomeric forms of such compounds are expressly included in the present invention. All crystal forms of the compounds described herein are expressly included in the present invention.
  • Substituents on ring moieties may be attached to specific atoms, whereby they are intended to be fixed to that atom, or they may be drawn unattached to a specific atom, whereby they are intended to be attached at any available atom that is not already substituted by an atom other than H (hydrogen).
  • the present invention also includes isotopically-labelled compounds, which are identical to those recited herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 16 0, 17 0, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F, and 36 Cl.
  • isotopically-labelled compounds of the present invention for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3 H and 14 C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated, i.e., 3 H, and carbon- 14, i.e., 14 C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detection.
  • Isotopically labelled compounds of this invention can generally be prepared by substituting a readily available isotopically labelled reagent for a non-isotopically labelled reagent.
  • Bodanszky The Practice of Peptide Synthesis, Springer-Verlag, Berlin Heidelberg (1984); J. Seyden-Penne, Reductions by the Alumino- and Borohydrides in Organic A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 66 -
  • BIOLOGICAL EVALUATION The compounds of the invention may be modified by appending appropriate functionalities to enhance selective biological properties. Such modifications are known in the art and include those which increase biological penetration into a given biological compartment (e.g., blood, lymphatic system, central nervous system), increase oral availability, increase solubility to allow administration by injection, alter metabolism and alter rate of excretion.
  • a compound of the invention may be modified to incorporate a hydrophobic group or "greasy" moiety in an attempt to enhance the passage of the compound through a hydrophobic membrane, such as a cell wall.
  • AuroraA-TPX2 -Homogeneous Time Resolved Fluorescent (HTRF) Kinase Assay begins with Aurora-A in the presence of ATP phosphorylating the biotinylated peptide PLK. The reaction incubates for about 120 min. Detection reagents are added to quench the reaction. These agents stop the reaction by diluting out the enzyme and chelating the metals due to the presence of EDTA. After addition, the assay is incubated overnight to allow the detection reagents to equilibrate.
  • the AuroraA HTRF assay comprises 1 ⁇ L of compound in 100% DMSO, 20 ⁇ L of ATP and biotinylated PLK, and 20 ⁇ L of AuroraA-TPX2 KD GST for a final volume of about 41 ⁇ L.
  • the final concentration of PLK is about 1 ⁇ M.
  • Buffer conditions are as follows: 6OmM HEPES pH 7.5, 25mM NaCl, 1OmM MgCl, 2mM DTT, 0.05% BSA.
  • Detection reagents are as follows: Buffer made of 5OmM Tris, pH 7.5, 10OmM NaCl, 3mM EDTA, 0.05% BSA, 0.1 % Tween20. Added to this buffer prior to reading is Steptavidin allophycocyanin (SA-APC) at a final cone in the assay of 0.0005 mg/mL, and europilated anti-phosphoPLK Ab (Eu-anti-PLK) at a final cone of 0.02 nM.
  • SA-APC Steptavidin allophycocyanin
  • Eu-anti-PLK europilated anti-phosphoPLK Ab
  • the assay plate is read in either a Discovery or a RubyStar.
  • the eu-anti-PLK is excited at 320 nm and emits at 615 nm to excite the SA-APC which in turn emits at 655 nm.
  • the ratio of SA-APC at 655 nm (excited due to close proximity to the Eu-anti- PLK because of phosphorylation of the peptide) to free Eu-anti-PLK at 615 nm will give substrate phosphorylation.
  • Table I includes related biological data, which may be interpreted using the activity gauge below:
  • I-" represents an activity (IC 50 ) of less than 100 nM.
  • Selected Examples 1-7 and 17-29 exhibited good potency in the Aurora kinase A HTRF assay.
  • AuroraB-Homogeneous Time Resolved Fluorescent (HTRF) Kinase Assay begins with AuroraB in the presence of ATP phosphorylating the biotinylated peptide Histone H3. The reaction incubates for about 90 min. the reaction is quentched by addition of detection reagents, which stop the reaction by diluting out the enzyme and chelating the metals due to the presence of EDTA. After addition, the assay is incubated for about 60 min to allow detection reagents to equilibrate.
  • the AuroraB HTRF assay comprises 1 ⁇ L of compound in 100% DMSO, 20 ⁇ L of ATP and biotinylated Histone H3, and 20 ⁇ L of AuroraB FL His for a final volume of 41 ⁇ L.
  • the final concentration of Histone H3 is 0.1 ⁇ M.
  • Buffer conditions are as follows: 5OmM HEPES pH 7.5, 5mM NaCl, 0.5mM MgCl, 0.5mM MnCl, 2mM DTT, 0.05% BSA.
  • Detection reagents are as follows: Buffer made of 5OmM Tris, pH 7.5, 10OmM NaCl, 3mM EDTA, 0.05% BSA, 0.1 % Tween20. Added to this buffer prior to reading is Steptavidin allophycocyanin (SA-APC) at a final cone in the assay of 0.001 mg/mL, and europilated anti-phosphoHistoneH3 Ab (Eu-anti-HisH3) at a final cone of 0.064 nM.
  • SA-APC Steptavidin allophycocyanin
  • the assay plate is read in either a Discovery or a RubyStar.
  • the eu-anti-HisH3 is excited at 320 nm and emits at 615 nm to excite the SA-APC which in turn emits at 655 nm.
  • the ratio of SA-APC at 655 nm (excited due to close proximity to the Eu-anti- HisH3 because of phosphorylation of the peptide) to free Eu-anti-HisH3 at 615 nm will give substrate phosphorylation.
  • Table I includes related biological data, which may be interpreted using the activity gauge below:
  • HeLa cell 24hr ploidv assay protocol The purpose of this assay is to evaluate the ability of selected individual compounds to induce Deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) content (ploidy) in cells thought failed cell division.
  • Cell cycle analysis is a rapid and efficient way to evaluate the status of DNA content (ploidy) of a given cell.
  • HeLa cells IxIO 4 HeLa cells/well
  • MEM+10%FBS lOOul of media
  • the compounds were serially diluted in DMSO (0.25% final concentration).
  • the cells were fixed (3.7% Formaldehyde and 1% glutaraldehyde) and permeabilized (Ix PBS with 1% BSA an d ⁇ .2% Triton X-100) in preparation for nuclear staining.
  • the well plates were A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 69 -
  • Table I includes related biological data in the 24h cell-ploidy content assay, which may be interpreted using the activity gauge below: "+” represents an activity (IC 5 o) of >2.5uM; "++” represents an activity (IC 5 o) in the range of 2.5uM - 500 nM; "+++” represents an activity (IC 5 o) in the range of 500 - 100 nM; and "++++” represents an activity (IC 50 ) of less than 100 nM.
  • the compounds of the invention have Aurora kinase modulatory activity in general, and inhibitory activity in particular.
  • a method of modulating Aurora kinase enzyme in a subject comprising administering to the subject an effective dosage amount of a compound of Formulas I - FV.
  • the compounds of the invention may be used to treat cellular proliferation disorders, including uncontrolled cell growth and aberrant cell cycle regulation.
  • the compounds are also useful for treating disorders related to hyper- proliferation of cells in normal tissue, including without limitation, non-tumor bearing and metastatic tissue. For example, one use may be to protect normal hair follicles from chemotherapy induced alopecia.
  • compounds of the invention are useful for, but not limited to, the prevention or treatment of cancer and other Aurora kinase-mediated diseases or disorders.
  • compounds of the invention would be useful for the treatment of various solid and hematologically derived tumors, such as carcinomas, including, without limitation, cancer of the bladder, breast, colon, kidney, liver, lung (including small cell lung cancer), esophagus, gall-bladder, ovary, pancreas, stomach, cervix, thyroid, prostate, A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 70 -
  • hematopoietic tumors of lymphoid lineage including leukemia, acute lymphocitic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell-lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma and Burkett's lymphoma
  • hematopoietic tumors of myeloid lineage including acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias, myelodysplastic syndrome and promyelocytic leukemia
  • tumors of mesenchymal origin including fibrosarcoma and rhabdomyosarcoma, and other sarcomas, e.g.
  • tumors of the central and peripheral nervous system including astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma and schwannomas); and other tumors (including melanoma, seminoma, teratocarcinoma, osteosarcoma, xenoderoma pigmentosum, keratoctanthoma, thyroid follicular cancer and Kaposi's sarcoma).
  • the compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of cancer related indications such as solid tumors, sarcomas (especially Ewing's sarcoma and osteosarcoma), retinoblastoma, rhabdomyosarcomas, neuroblastoma, hematopoietic malignancies, including leukemia and lymphoma, tumor- induced pleural or pericardial effusions, and malignant ascites.
  • cancer related indications such as solid tumors, sarcomas (especially Ewing's sarcoma and osteosarcoma), retinoblastoma, rhabdomyosarcomas, neuroblastoma, hematopoietic malignancies, including leukemia and lymphoma, tumor- induced pleural or pericardial effusions, and malignant ascites.
  • the compound of the invention may also be used to treat chemotherapy-induced thrombocytopenia, since the compounds may increase platelet count be increasing the rate of megakaryocyte maturation.
  • the compounds would also be useful for treatment of ophthalmological conditions such as corneal graft rejection, ocular neovascularization, retinal neovascularization including neovascularization following injury or infection, diabetic retinopathy, retrolental fibroplasia and neovascular glaucoma; retinal ischemia; vitreous hemorrhage; ulcerative diseases such as gastric ulcer; pathological, but non-malignant, conditions such as hemangiomas, including infantile hemaginomas, angiofibroma of the nasopharynx and avascular necrosis of bone; and disorders of the female reproductive system such as endometriosis.
  • the compounds are also useful for the treatment of edema, and conditions of vascular hyperpermeability.
  • the compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of conditions wherein undesired angiogenesis, edema, or stromal deposition occurs in viral infections such as Herpes simplex, Herpes Zoster, AIDS, Kaposi's sarcoma, protozoan infections and toxoplasmosis, following trauma, radiation, stroke, endometriosis, ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, systemic lupus, sarcoidosis, synovitis, Crohn's disease, sickle cell anemia, Lyme disease, pemphigoid, Paget's disease, hyperviscosity syndrome, Osier- A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 71 -
  • Weber-Rendu disease chronic inflammation, chronic occlusive pulmonary disease, asthma, and inflammatory rheumatoid or rheumatic disease.
  • the compounds are also useful in the reduction of sub-cutaneous fat and for the treatment of obesity.
  • the compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of ocular conditions such as ocular and macular edema, ocular neovascular disease, scleritis, radial keratotomy, uveitis, vitritis, myopia, optic pits, chronic retinal detachment, post-laser complications, glaucoma, conjunctivitis, Stargardt's disease and Eales disease in addition to retinopathy and macular degeneration.
  • the compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of cardiovascular conditions such as atherosclerosis, restenosis, arteriosclerosis, vascular occlusion and carotid obstructive disease.
  • the compounds of the invention are also useful in treatment and therapy of proliferative diseases.
  • these compounds can be used for the treatment of an inflammatory rheumatoid or rheumatic disease, especially of manifestations at the locomotor apparatus, such as various inflammatory rheumatoid diseases, especially chronic polyarthritis including rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile arthritis or psoriasis arthropathy; paraneoplastic syndrome or tumor-induced inflammatory diseases, turbid effusions, collagenosis, such as systemic Lupus erythematosus, poly-myositis, dermato-myositis, systemic sclerodermia or mixed collagenosis; postinfectious arthritis (where no living pathogenic organism can be found at or in the affected part of the body), seronegative spondylarthritis, such as spondylitis ankylosans; vasculitis,
  • the compounds of the invention can also be used as active agents against solid tumors including, without limitation, a breast tumor, a lung tumor, a colon tumor, a pancreatic tumor, a brain tumor, an ovarian tumor, a gall bladder tumor, an esophaogeal tumor, a cervical tumor, a stomach tumor, a prostate tumor, a thyroid tumor or a combination thereof; malignant ascites; hematopoietic cancers and hyperproliferative disorders such as thyroid hyperplasia (especially Grave's disease); and cysts (such as hypervascularity of ovarian stroma, characteristic of polycystic ovarian syndrome (Stein- Leventhal syndrome)) since such diseases require a proliferation of blood vessel cells for growth and/or metastasis.
  • solid tumors including, without limitation, a breast tumor, a lung tumor, a colon tumor, a pancreatic tumor, a brain tumor, an ovarian tumor, a gall bladder tumor, an esophaogeal tumor, a
  • the compounds of the invention can also be used as active agents against burns, chronic lung disease, stroke, polyps, anaphylaxis, chronic and allergic inflammation, A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 72 -
  • ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome brain tumor-associated cerebral edema, high-altitude, trauma or hypoxia induced cerebral or pulmonary edema, ocular and macular edema, ascites, and other diseases where vascular hyperpermeability, effusions, exudates, protein extravasation, or edema is a manifestation of the disease.
  • the compounds will also be useful in treating disorders in which protein extravasation leads to the deposition of fibrin and extracellular matrix, promoting stromal proliferation (e.g. fibrosis, cirrhosis and carpal tunnel syndrome).
  • these compounds are useful for veterinary treatment of companion animals, exotic animals and farm animals, including mammals, rodents, and the like.
  • animals including horses, dogs, and cats may be treated with compounds provided by the invention.
  • compositions also referred to as medicaments, comprising the active compounds of Formulas I - III in association with one or more non-toxic, pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers and/or diluents and/or adjuvants (collectively referred to herein as "carrier” materials) and, if desired, other active ingredients.
  • carrier non-toxic, pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers and/or diluents and/or adjuvants
  • the pharmaceutically active compounds of this invention can be processed in accordance with conventional methods of pharmacy to produce medicinal agents for administration to patients, including humans and other mammals.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be administered to a subject by any suitable route, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition, adapted to such a route, and in a dose effective for the treatment intended.
  • the compounds and compositions of the present invention may, for example, be administered orally, mucosally, topically, rectally, pulmonarily such as by inhalation spray, or parentally including intravascularly, intravenously, intraperitoneally, subcutaneously, intramuscularly intrasternally and infusion techniques, in dosage unit formulations containing conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants, and vehicles.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of, for example, a tablet, capsule, suspension or liquid.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is preferably made in the form of a dosage unit containing a particular amount of the active ingredient.
  • dosage units are tablets or capsules.
  • these may contain an amount of active ingredient from about 1 to 2000 mg, and typically from A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 73 -
  • a suitable daily dose for a human or other mammal may vary widely depending on the condition of the patient and other factors, but, once again, can be determined using routine methods and practices.
  • the amount of compounds which are administered and the dosage regimen for treating a disease condition with the compounds and/or compositions of this invention depends on a variety of factors, including the age, weight, sex and medical condition of the subject, the type of disease, the severity of the disease, the route and frequency of administration, and the particular compound employed. Thus, the dosage regimen may vary widely, but can be determined routinely using standard methods.
  • a daily dose of about 0.01 to 500 mg/kg, advantageously between about 0.01 and about 50 mg/kg, and more advantageously about 0.01 and about 30 mg/kg body weight may be appropriate.
  • the daily dose can be administered in one to four doses per day.
  • the active compounds of this invention are ordinarily combined with one or more adjuvants or "excipients" appropriate to the indicated route of administration.
  • the compounds may be admixed with lactose, sucrose, starch powder, cellulose esters of alkanoic acids, cellulose alkyl esters, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulfuric acids, gelatin, acacia gum, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, to form the final formulation.
  • the active compound(s) and excipient(s) may be tableted or encapsulated by known and accepted methods for convenient administration.
  • suitable formulations include, without limitation, pills, tablets, soft and hard-shell gel capsules, troches, orally-dissolvable forms and delayed or controlled-release formulations thereof.
  • capsule or tablet formulations may contain one or more controlled-release agents, such as hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, as a dispersion with the active compound(s).
  • a topical preparation of compounds of this invention In the case of melanoma and other skin conditions, it may be preferable to apply a topical preparation of compounds of this invention to the affected area two to four times a day.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration include liquid or semi-liquid preparations suitable for penetration through the skin (e.g., liniments, lotions, ointments, creams, pastes, suspensions and the like) and drops suitable for administration to the eye, ear, or nose.
  • a suitable topical dose of active ingredient of a compound of the invention is 0.1 mg to 150 mg administered one to four, preferably one or two times daily.
  • the active ingredient may comprise from 0.001% to 10% w/w, e.g., from 1% to 2% by weight of the formulation, although it may comprise as much as 10% w/w, but preferably not more than 5% w/w, and more preferably from 0.1% to 1% of the formulation.
  • the active ingredients may be employed with either paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base.
  • the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in-water cream base.
  • the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example at least 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol such as propylene glycol, butane-l,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol, polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof.
  • the topical formulation may desirably include a compound, which enhances absorption or penetration of the active ingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include DMSO and related analogs.
  • transdermal device Preferably transdermal administration will be accomplished using a patch either of the reservoir and porous membrane type or of a solid matrix variety.
  • the active agent is delivered continuously from the reservoir or microcapsules through a membrane into the active agent permeable adhesive, which is in contact with the skin or mucosa of the recipient. If the active agent is absorbed through the skin, a controlled and predetermined flow of the active agent is administered to the recipient.
  • the encapsulating agent may also function as the membrane.
  • the oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner. While the phase may comprise merely an emulsifier, it may comprise a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat.
  • Emulsifiers and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the present invention include, for example, Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, glyceryl distearate alone or with a wax, or other materials well known in the art.
  • the choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the active compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations is very low.
  • the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers.
  • Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters may be used. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration to the eye also include eye drops wherein the active ingredients are dissolved or suspended in suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredients.
  • suitable carrier especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredients.
  • the active ingredients are preferably present in such formulations in a concentration of 0.5 to 20%, advantageously 0.5 to 10% and particularly about 1.5% w/w.
  • Formulations for parenteral administration may be in the form of aqueous or nonaqueous isotonic sterile injection solutions or suspensions. These solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders or granules using one or more of the carriers or diluents mentioned for use in the formulations for oral administration or by using other suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents.
  • the compounds may be dissolved in water, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethanol, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, benzyl alcohol, sodium chloride, tragacanth gum, and/or various buffers. Other adjuvants and modes of administration are well and widely known in the pharmaceutical art.
  • the active ingredient may also be administered by injection as a composition with suitable carriers including saline, dextrose, or water, or with cyclodextrin (ie. Captisol), cosolvent solubilization (ie. propylene glycol) or micellar solubilization (ie. Tween 80).
  • suitable carriers including saline, dextrose, or water, or with cyclodextrin (ie. Captisol), cosolvent solubilization (ie. propylene glycol) or micellar solubilization (ie. Tween 80).
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil may be employed, including synthetic A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 76 -
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be administered in the form of an aerosol or with an inhaler including dry powder aerosol.
  • Suppositories for rectal administration of the drug can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient such as cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols that are solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum and release the drug.
  • compositions may be subjected to conventional pharmaceutical operations such as sterilization and/or may contain conventional adjuvants, such as preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsif ⁇ ers, buffers etc. Tablets and pills can additionally be prepared with enteric coatings. Such compositions may also comprise adjuvants, such as wetting, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
  • the compounds of the invention can be dosed or administered as the sole active pharmaceutical agent, they can also be used in combination with one or more compounds of the invention or in conjunction with other agents.
  • the therapeutic agents can be formulated as separate compositions that are administered simultaneously or sequentially at different times, or the therapeutic agents can be given as a single composition.
  • co-therapy in defining use of a compound of the present invention and another pharmaceutical agent, is intended to embrace administration of each agent in a sequential manner in a regimen that will provide beneficial effects of the drug combination, and is intended as well to embrace coadministration of these agents in a substantially simultaneous manner, such as in a single capsule having a fixed ratio of these active agents or in multiple, separate capsules for each agent.
  • the administration of compounds of the present invention may be in conjunction with additional therapies known to those skilled in the art in the prevention or treatment of cancer, such as with radiation therapy or with neoplastic or cytotoxic agents.
  • combination formulation is inappropriate.
  • the invention is not limited in the sequence of administration; compounds of the invention may be administered either prior to, simultaneous with or after administration of the known anticancer or cytotoxic agent.
  • antineoplastic agents available in commercial use, in clinical evaluation and in pre-clinical development, which would be selected for treatment of neoplasia by combination drug chemotherapy.
  • Such antineoplastic agents fall into several major categories, namely, antibiotic-type agents, alkylating agents, antimetabolite agents, hormonal agents, immunological agents, interferon-type agents and a category of miscellaneous agents.
  • the compounds of the invention may also be used in co-therapies with other anti-neoplastic agents, such as other kinase inhibitors including angiogenic agents such as VEGFR inhibitors, p38 inhibitors and CDK inhibitors, TNF inhibitors, metallomatrix proteases inhibitors (MMP), COX-2 inhibitors including celecoxib, rofecoxib, parecoxib, valdecoxib, and etoricoxib, NSAID's, SOD mimics or ⁇ v ⁇ 3 inhibitors.
  • other anti-neoplastic agents such as other kinase inhibitors including angiogenic agents such as VEGFR inhibitors, p38 inhibitors and CDK inhibitors, TNF inhibitors, metallomatrix proteases inhibitors (MMP), COX-2 inhibitors including celecoxib, rofecoxib, parecoxib, valdecoxib, and etoricoxib, NSAID's, SOD mimics or

Landscapes

  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to chemical compounds having a general formula (I) wherein A1-5 and 7-8, D', L1, L2, R1, R3, R6-8, n and o are defined herein, and synthetic intermediates, which are capable of modulating the activity of Aurora kinase proteins and, thereby, influencing various disease states and conditions related to the activities of Aurora kinases. For example, the compounds are capable of influencing the process of cell cycle and cell proliferation to treat cancer and cancer-related diseases. The invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions, including the compounds, and methods of treating disease states related to the activity of Aurora kinase.

Description

AURORA KINASE MODULATORS AND METHOD OF USE
RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/070,333, filed March 20, 2008, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The invention relates to the field of pharmaceutical agents and, more specifically, is directed to compounds and compositions useful for modulating Aurora kinase, and to uses and methods for managing cell proliferation and for treating cancer.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Cancer is one of the most widespread diseases afflicting mankind and a major cause of death worldwide. In an effort to find an effective treatment or a cure for one or more of the many different types of cancer, over the last couple of decades, numerous groups have invested a tremendous amount of time, effort and financial resources.
However, to date, of the available cancer treatments and therapies, only a few offer any considerable degree of success. Cancer is often characterized by unregulated cell proliferation. Damage to one or more genes, responsible for the cellular pathways, which control progress of proliferation through the cell cycle, typically causes the loss of normal regulation of cell proliferation.
These genes code for various proteins, which participate in a cascade of events, including protein phosphorylation, leading to cell-cycling progression and cell proliferation. Various kinase proteins have been identified, which play roles in the cell cycling cascade and in protein phosphorylation in particular.
One class of proteins found to play a part in cell cycling and, therefore, cell proliferation is the Aurora kinase family of proteins. Aurora kinases are enzymes of the serine/threonine kinase family of proteins, which play an important role in protein phosphorylation during the mitotic phase of the cell cycle. There are three known members of the Aurora kinase family, Aurora A, Aurora B and Aurora C, also commonly referred to as Aurora 2, Aurora 1, and Aurora 3, respectively.
The specific function of each Aurora kinase member in mammalian cell cycle has been studied. Aurora-A is localized to the centrosome during interphase and is important A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 2 -
for centrosome maturation and to maintain separation during spindle assembly. Aurora-B localizes to the kinetochore in the G2 phase of the cell cycle until metaphase, and relocates to the midbody after anaphase. Aurora-C was thought to function only in meiosis, but more recently has been found to be more closely related to Aurora-B, showing some overlapping functions and simlar localization patterns in mitosis. Each aurora kinase appears to share a common structure, including a highly conserved catalytic domain and a very short N-terminal domain that varies in size. (See R. Giet and C. Prigent, J. Cell. Sci., 112:3591-3601 (1999)).
Aurora kinases appear to be viable targets for the treatment of cancer. Aurora kinases are overexpressed in various types of cancers, including colon, breast, lung, pancrease, prostate, bladder, head, neck, cervix, and ovarion cancers. The Aurora-A gene is part of an amplicon found in a subset of breast, colon, ovarian, liver, gastric and pancreatic tumors. Aurora-B has also been found to be overexpressed in most major tumor types. Overexpression of Aurora-B in rodent fibroblasts induces transformation, suggesting that Aurora-B is oncogenic. More recently, Aurora-B mRNA expression has been linked to chromosomal instability in human breast cancer. (Y. Miyoshi et al., Int. J. Cancer, 92:370-373 (2001)).
Further, inhibition of one or more of the Aurora kinases by several parties has been shown to inhibit cell proliferation and trigger apoptosis in several tumor cell lines. Particularly, inhibition of Aurora has been found to arrest cell cycling and promote programmed cell death via apoptosis. Accordingly, there has been a strong interest in finding inhibitors of Aurora kinase proteins.
Thus, the inhibition of Aurora kinases has been regarded as a promising approach for the development of novel anti-cancer agents. For example, WO 04/039774 describes aza-quinazolinones for treating cancer via inhibiton of Aurora kinase, WO 04/037814 describes indazolinones for treating cancer via inhibiton of Aurora-2 kinase, WO 04/016612 describes 2, 6, 9-substituted purine derivatives for treating cancer via inhibiton of Aurora kinase, WO 04/000833 describes tri- and tetra-substituted pyrimidine compounds useful for treating Aurora-meiated diseases, WO 04/092607 describes crystals useful for screening, designing and evaluating compounds as agonists or antagonists of Aurora kinase and U.S. Patent No. 6,919,338 and WO 03/055491 each describe substituted quinazoline derivatives as inhibitors of Aurora-2 kinase. A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 3 -
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides a new class of compounds useful for modulating one or more of the Aurora kinase enzymes and for treating Aurora kinase-mediated conditions and/or diseases, including cancer. In one embodiment of the invention, the compounds, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, are generally defined by Formula I
Figure imgf000004_0001
I wherein A1"5 ^7"8, D', L1, L2, R1, R3, R6'8, n and o are defined herein.
In another embodiment, the invention provides compounds of Formulas II, II- A, H-B and III, which are similar in structure to Formula I above. The invention also provides processes for making compounds of Formulas I - III, as well as intermediates useful in such processes.
The compounds provided by the invention have Aurora kinase modulatory activity and, in particular, inhibitory activity. To this end, the invention further provides the use of these compounds, as a free base or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form thereof, in the preparation and manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition (also referred to herein as "medicament") for therapeutic, prophylactic, acute or chronic treatment of cancer. Thus, the compounds of the invention are useful in the manufacture of anti-cancer medicaments and of medicaments to attenuate or prevent disorders through inhibition of Aurora kinase activity. For example, in one embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of Formula I, II, II-A, II-B or III in association with at least one pharmaceutically-acceptable excipient.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION A- 1401 -WO-PCT - A -
In one embodiment of the invention, compounds useful for treating Aurora kinase and related disorders, including cancer and inflammation, are defined by Formula I:
Figure imgf000005_0001
I or a stereoisomer, a tautomer, a solvate, a hydrate, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form thereof, wherein A1 is N or CR2;
D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein one of A2 and A3, independently, is N and the other of A2 and A3 is C, and each of A4 and A5, independently, is N or CR1, provided that both of A4 and A5, independently, are not N; each of L1 and L2, independently, is -O-, -NR4-, -S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -SO2- or - CR4R4-, wherein each R4, independently, is H, halo, OH, C^alkoxyl, NH-C1-6alkyl, CN
each of A7 and A8, independently, is N or CR5, provided at least one of A7 and A8 is N; each R1, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, C1-10-alkoxyl, Ci.]0-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, - NR9R9, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1 -3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3. lo-cycloalkyl, G^o-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci- A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 5 -
lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R9;
R2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci-10-alkyl, C2-10- alkenyl, C2-]0-alkynyl, C3-10-CyClOaIlCyI, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, CMO- dialkylamino-, Ci.10-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci-io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3-io-cycloalkyl, C4-10-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylaniino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, C1-10-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9;
R5 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, d.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, CMo-cycloalkyl, C4-1o-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, C1-I0- dialkylamino-, C1-]0-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; each of R6, R7 and R8, independently, is R9; alternatively, either of R6 or R8, independently, taken together with R7 and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9; each R9, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C^o-cycloalkyl, C4-10- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, C1-10-thioalkoxyl, SR10, OR10, NR4R10, C(O)R10, COOR10, C(O)NR4R10, NR4C(O)R10, NR4C(O)NR4R10, NR4 (COOR10), S(O)2R10, S(O)2NR4R10, NR4S(O)2R10, NR4S(O)2NR4R10 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, CMo-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci-10-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents ofR10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C^alkyl, C^alkoxyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl;
R10 is H, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-]0-alkenyl, C2-]0-alkynyl, C3-10-cycloalkyl, C4-10- cycloalkenyl, Q.Kralkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Q-io-alkoxyl, Ci-I0-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 6 -
including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-]0-alkyl, C2.io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3. lo-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, C1-10-alkoxyl, Ci. lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000007_0001
Ci- 6alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; n is O, 1 or 2; and o is O, 1 or 2, provided the compound is not 4-phenyl-N-(4-(pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-yl- oxy)phenyl)phthalazin- 1 -amine .
It is worthy of note that the instant invention does not include the compound of 4- phenyl-N-(4-(pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-yl-oxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein A1 is N or CR2;
L1 is -O-, -S- or -NR4-;
L2 is -NR4-; and
R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000007_0002
C1-6alkoxyl,
Figure imgf000007_0003
C].i0-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and
R7 and R8, taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally A-1401-WO-PCT - 7 -
substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment of the invention, compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, useful for treating Aurora kinase and related disorders, including cancer and inflammation, are generally defined by Formula II:
Figure imgf000008_0001
II wherein when A1 is N then D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A2 is C, A3 is N and each of A4 and A5, independently, is CR1 or when A1 is CR2, then D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A2 is N, A3 is C, A4 is N and A5 is CR1;
L1 is -O-, -S-, or -NR4-; each R1, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Q.io-alkyl, C2-]o-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, - NR9R9, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1 -3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3. lo-cycloalkyl, C4-10-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Cμ lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R9; .
A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 8 -
R2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci-β-alkyl, C2-6- alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl,
Figure imgf000009_0001
C1-6-alkoxyl, C1-6-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Cμio-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3-I0-CyClOaIlCyI, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.10-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, CM0-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9;
R4 is H or C1-6alkyl;
R6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-I0- alkynyl, C3.io-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci-10-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-I0- alkoxyl, Ci.i0-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, Ci-6alkyl, Ci-6alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; each of R7 and R8, independently, is R9; alternatively, R7 and R8, independently, taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6- membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9; each R9, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2.]0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.i0-thioalkoxyl, SR10, OR10, NR4R10, C(O)R10, COOR10, C(O)NR4R10, NR4C(O)R10, NR4C(O)NR4R10, NR4 (COOR10), S(O)2R10, S(O)2NR4R10, NR4S(O)2R10, NR4S(O)2NR4R10 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1 -3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-10-alkyl, C2-10-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3-10-cycloalkyl, Q-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Cj.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.i0-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C]-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxyl, C3- βcycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, CMo-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; A-1401 -WO-PCT - 9 -
R is H, acetyl, Cj.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3.]0-cycloalkyl, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, C).i0-dialkylamino-, Ci.i0-alkoxyl, Q.io-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3- lo-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, C1. lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C]-6alkyl, Q- 6alkoxyl, C3^cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; n is O, 1, 2 or 3; and o is O, 1 or 2.
In another embodiment, the compounds of the present invention include compounds of Formula III:
Figure imgf000010_0001
III or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
A1 is N or CR2;
D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein one of A2 and A3, independently, is N and the other of A2 and A3 is C, and each of A4 and A5, independently, is N or CR1, provided that both of A4 and A5, independently, are not N;
L1 is -O-, -NR4-, -S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -SO2- or -CR4R4-; each R1, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Cμio-alkyl, C2-I0-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl,
Figure imgf000010_0002
C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-10-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, - NR9R9, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 10 -
NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3- lo-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R9;
R2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6- alkenyl,
Figure imgf000011_0002
Ci-6-alkylamino-,
Figure imgf000011_0001
C1-6-alkoxyl, Ci-6-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-)o-alkynyl, Cs-m-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Q.io-alkylamino-, Cμio-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; R4 is H or C,^alkyl;
R6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-I0- alkynyl, Ca.io-cycloalkyl, C4-]o-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-I0- alkoxyl, Cj.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000011_0003
Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.jo-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; each R9, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH,
NO2, NH2, acetyl, Cμio-alkyl, C2-]0-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, C].i0-thioalkoxyl, SR10, OR10, NR4R10, C(O)R10, COOR10, C(O)NR4R10, NR4C(O)R10, NR4C(O)NR4R10, NR4 (COOR10), S(O)2R10, S(O)2NR4R10, NR4S(O)2R10, NR4S(O)2NR4R10 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Ca^o-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 11 -
and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents ofR10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C1-6alkyl, CI-6alkoxyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl;
R10 is H, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3-10-cycloalkyl, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Q-io-alkoxyl, Ci.]0-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3. lo-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, d.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Cj- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C^alkyl, C1- 6alkoxyl, C3-6CyClOaIlCyI, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; n is O, 1, 2 or 3; o is O, 1 or 2; and p is O, 1 or 2.
Accordingly, the D' ring of Formulas I, II and HI is a heteroaromatic ring comprising at least one and up to three (3) nitrogen atoms.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein A1 is N, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein A1 is CR2, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formulas I, EI and III include compounds wherein A1 is CR2 wherein R2 is either H or a halogen, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein D' is A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 12 -
Figure imgf000013_0001
Figure imgf000013_0002
wherein R! and n are as defined in Formulas I, II and III above, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein D' is
N-1S5S , V1V or
Figure imgf000013_0003
' wherein R1 and n are as defined in Formulas I, II and III, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein D' is
Figure imgf000013_0004
, wherein R1 and n are as defined in Formulas I, II and III, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein D' is
Figure imgf000013_0005
or N-NV - ~T* , w ...h. erei •n R Di1 and n are as defined in Formulas I, II and III, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein D' is A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 13 -
Figure imgf000014_0001
, wherein R1 and n are as defined in Formulas I, II and IQ, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formulas I, π and III include compounds wherein D' is
Figure imgf000014_0002
, wherein R and n are as defined in Formulas I, II and III, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, the compounds of Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein D' is
Figure imgf000014_0003
, wherein R1 and n are as defined in Formulas I, II and III, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein when A1 is N then D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A2 is C, A3 is N and each of A4 and A5, independently, is CR1 or when A1 is CR2, then D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A2 is N, A3 is C, A4 is N and A5 is CR1, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein when A1 is N then D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A2 is C, A3 is N and each of A4 and A5, independently, is CR1, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and ITI include compounds wherein when A1 is CR2, then D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A2 is N, A3 is C, A4 is N and A5 is CR1, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein of A7 is N and A8 is CR5, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein of A8 is N and A7 is CR5, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein each of A7 and A8 is N, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 14 -
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein L1 is - O-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein L1 is - NR4-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III includes compounds wherein L1 is -
NH-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein L1 is - S-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and EQ include compounds wherein L1 is - C(O)-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and EQ include compounds wherein L1 is - S(O)-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein L1 is - SO2-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein L1 is -
CR4R4-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. hi another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L2 is -O-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L2 is -NR4-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L2 is -NH-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L2 is -S-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L2 is -C(O)-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L2 is -S(O)-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L2 is -SO2-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula I includes compounds wherein L2 is -CR4R4-, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein R1 is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, C,.10-alkyl, C2-I0- A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 15 -
alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, CM0- dialkylamino-, Ci.10-alkoxyl, Ci.,0-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, -NR9R9 or -C(O)R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R1, independently, is COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9 or -NR9S(O)2R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R1, independently, is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the C1-10-alkyl, C2.i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4- lo-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Q-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1 -5 substituents of R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R1, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3.io-cycloalkyl, C4.io-cycloalkenyl, Ci-I0- alkylamino-, Cioo-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, -NR9R9, - C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3. lo-cycloalkyl, C4.i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R1, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci-io-alkyl, C2.]0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3-io-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci-I0- A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 16 -
alkylamino-, Cuo-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, C1-]0-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, -NR9R9, - C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9, wherein each of the Ci-10-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-10- alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Cμio-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino, Cj.io- alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R1, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Q-6- alkyl, C2_5-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C^-cycloalkyl, Ci-e-alkylamino-, Ci-6-dialkylamino-, Q- 6-alkoxyl, C1-6-thioalkoxyl, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, - NR9C(O)R9, -NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, - S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9, wherein each of the C1-6-alkyl, C2-6- alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000017_0001
C]-6-alkoxyl,
Figure imgf000017_0002
is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R1, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci-10-alkyl, C2-10-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl,
Figure imgf000017_0003
Ci.io-alkylamino-, CM0- dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein R2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, d-10-alkyl, C2-K)-alkenyl, C2-I0- alkynyl,
Figure imgf000017_0004
C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-I0- alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein R2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci.io-alkoxyl or CM0-alkyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein R2 is
H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, haloalkyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, methyl, ethyl, propyl, methoxyl, ethoxyl, cyclopropyl or acetyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 17 -
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci-10-alkyl, C2.io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Q.io-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci-10-alkylamino-, CMO- dialkylamino-, Cμio-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci-10- alkoxyl or Ci.io-alkyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R3, independently, is H, F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, haloalkyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, methyl, ethyl, propyl, methoxyl, ethoxyl, cyclopropyl or acetyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R3, independently, is H, F, Cl, Br, CF3, haloalkyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, methyl, ethyl, methoxyl, ethoxyl, cyclopropyl, aminomethyl or acetyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R4, independently, is H, CN, NO2, NH2, acetyl or
Figure imgf000018_0001
in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each
R4, independently, is H or
Figure imgf000018_0002
in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R4, independently, is H or methyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein each R4, independently, is H, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and HI include compounds wherein R6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3- lo-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Cj.io-alkylamino-, C].10-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 18 -
5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C1-6alkyl, C1- 6alkoxyl, C3^cycloalkyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, C1-i0-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, moφholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C1. 6alkyl, C^alkoxyl, C3^cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein R6 is phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2- ajpyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, C1-10- alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formulas I, II and III include compounds wherein R6 is phenyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl, each of which is optionally A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 19 -
substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, Ci-βalkyl, Ci-ealkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, CM0- dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formulas I and II include compounds wherein each of R7 and R8 independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3-io-cycloalkyl, C4.i0-cycloalkenyl, CMO- alkylamino-, C,.10-dialkylamino-, C,.10-alkoxyl, C,.10-thioalkoxyl, SR10, OR10, NR4R10, C(O)R10, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formulas I and II include compounds wherein either of
R7 or R8, independently, is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci-io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3-io-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, C1-10-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, Ci_6alkyl,
Figure imgf000020_0001
C3-6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formulas I and II include compounds wherein R8 taken together with R7 and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I and II include compounds wherein R8 taken together with R7 and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formulas I and II include compounds wherein R6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the C]-10-alkyl, C2.i0-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3. A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 20 -
lo-cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000021_0001
Ci-)0-alkylamino-, Ci-10-dialkylamino-, Ci-)0-alkoxyl, C,. lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C^alkyl, C1- 6alkoxyl, C3_6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and R7 and R8, taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1 -3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. In another embodiment, Formulas I and II include compounds wherein A1 is N and D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A2 is C, A3 is N and each of A4 and A5, independently, is CR1;
R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, moφholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, Ci-6alkyl, Ci-βalkoxyl,
Figure imgf000021_0002
Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and
R7 and R8, taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formulas I and II include compounds wherein A1 is CR2 and D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A2 is N, A3 is C, A4 is N and A5 is CR1; A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 21 -
R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofiiranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, moφholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000022_0001
Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and R7 and R8, taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In another embodiment, Formula HI include compounds wherein
A1 is N and D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A2 is C, A3 is N and each of A4 and A5, independently, is CR1; and
R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, moφholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, Ci-βalkyl, Ci-6alkoxyl, C3^cycloalkyl, Cj-io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments. A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 22 -
In another embodiment, Formula III include compounds wherein
A1 is CR2 and D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A2 is N, A3 is C, A4 is N and A5 is CR1; and
R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, moφholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000023_0001
Ci-io-alkylamino-, Cj.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl, in conjunction with any of the above or below embodiments.
In yet another embodiment, the invention provides compounds generally defined by Formula FV-A:
Figure imgf000023_0002
IV-A or stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein
L1 is -O-, -NR4-, -S- wherein R4 is H, halo, OH, C^alkoxyl, NH-C1-6alkyl, CN or Cβalkyl; each R1, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, d.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-]o-alkynyl, C3-i0-cycloalkyl, C4-10-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, C].io-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, - A-1401 -WO-PCT - 23 -
NR9R9, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3. lo-cycloalkyl, C4.i0-cycloalkenyl,
Figure imgf000024_0001
Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Cj. lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents ofR9; each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.10-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9;
R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, moφholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R9, benzyl or phenyl; each R9, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, CM0-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2.i0-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci-I0- alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, C(O)Ci.i0-alkyl, COOCio-alkyl, C(O)NR4C,-10-alkyl,
Figure imgf000024_0002
n is O, 1, 2 or 3; o is O, 1 or 2; and p is O, 1 or 2..
In yet another embodiment, the invention provides compounds generally defined by Formula FV-B: A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 24 -
Figure imgf000025_0001
IV-B or stereoisomer, tautomer, solvate, pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, wherein L1 is -O-, -NR4-, -S- wherein R4 is H, halo, OH, C^alkoxyl, NH-Ci-6alkyl, CN or
C1-6alkyl; each R1, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci-io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, - NR9R9, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Cj.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3- lo-cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000025_0002
Ci.10-alkylamino-, CMo-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R9; each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH,
NO2, NH2, CLio-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Cs.io-cycloalkyl, Q-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-10-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9;
R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 25 -
isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, moφholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R9, benzyl or phenyl; each R9, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, d.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Cs.io-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, CMO- alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, C(O)Ci.i0-alkyl, COOC1-10-alkyl, C(O)NR4C1-10-alkyl, NR4C(O)C1-1(TaIlCyI; n is O, 1, 2 or 3; o is O, 1 or 2; and p is 0, 1 or 2..
The many different embodiments for various elements, chemical moieties or R or L groups described and defined hereinabove with respect to compounds of Formula I may also apply to compounds of Formula II, III and IV-A and FV-B where appropriate, as appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art.
In yet another embodiment, Formulas I, II, III and FV-A and FV-B include the exemplary compounds and derivatives, progrugs, solvates, tautomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof, intermediates related thereto, examples of which are described in the Examples herein. In one emboidiment, the invention provides the following compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof, selected from 4-(5-chloro-2-pyridinyl)-N-(4-(pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ylthio)phenyl)-l- phthalazinamine; 4-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-N-(4-(pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ylthio)phenyl)-l- phthalazinamine;
4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-((2-cyclopropylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7- yl)thio)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
N-(4-((2-cyclopropylpyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidin-7-yl)thio)phenyl)-4-phenyl- 1 - phthalazinamine;
N-(4-((2-cyclopropylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-yl)thio)phenyl)-4-(4-methyl-2- thienyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(pyrrolo[ 1 ,2-b]pyridazin-4-yloxy)phenyl)- 1 - phthalazinamine; A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 26 -
4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(pyrrolo[2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-yloxy)phenyl)- 1 - phthalazinamine;
4-(4-methyl-2-thienyl)-N-(4-(pyrrolo[2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-yloxy)phenyl)- 1 - phthalazinamine; 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(pyrrolo[2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-ylthio)phenyl)- 1 - phthalazinamine;
4-(4-methyl-2-thienyl)-N-(4-(pyrrolo[2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-ylthio)phenyl)- 1 - phthalazinamine;
4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-((2-(2-propen-l-yloxy)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7- yl)sulfanyl)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
N-(4-((2-((2-(methyloxy)ethyl)oxy)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-yl)thio)phenyl)-4- phenyl- 1 -phthalazinamine;
N-(4-((2-((2-(methyloxy)ethyl)oxy)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-yl)thio)phenyl)-4- (4-methyl-2-thienyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine; 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-((2-((2-(methyloxy)ethyl)oxy)pyrazolo[l ,5-a]pyrimidin-
7-yl)thio)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
7-((4-((4-(4-chlorophenyl)- 1 -phthalazinyl)amino)phenyl)thio)pyrazolo[ 1,5- a]pyrimidin-2-ol;
N-(4-((5-chloropyrrolo[2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-yl)thio)phenyl)-4-phenyl- 1 - phthalazinamine; and
4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-((5-chloropyrrolo[2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-yl)thio)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine.
DEFINITIONS The following definitions should further assist in understanding the scope of the invention described herein.
The terms "cancer" and "cancerous" when used herein refer to or describe the physiological condition in mammals that is typically characterized by unregulated cell growth. Examples of cancer include, without limitation, carcinoma, lymphoma, sarcoma, blastoma and leukemia. More particular examples of such cancers include squamous cell carcinoma, lung cancer, pancreatic cancer, cervical cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon carcinoma, and head and neck cancer. While the term "cancer" as used herein is not limited to any one specific form of the disease, it is believed that the A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 27 -
methods of the invention will be particularly effective for cancers which are found to be accompanied by unregulated levels of Aurora kinase(s) in the mammal.
The terms "treat", "treating" and "treatment" as used herein refer to therapy, including without limitation, curative therapy, prophylactic therapy, and preventative therapy. Prophylactic treatment generally constitutes either preventing the onset of disorders altogether or delaying the onset of a pre-clinically evident stage of disorders in individuals.
The term "mammal" as used herein refers to any mammal classified as a mammal, including humans, cows, horses, dogs and cats. In one embodiment of the invention, the mammal is a human.
A "pharmaceutically-acceptable derivative" denotes any salt (also referred to as "pharmaceutically-acceptable salt"), any prodrug such as a phospshate or an ester of a compound of this invention, or any other compound which upon administration to a patient is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) a compound of this invention, or a metabolite or residue thereof, characterized by the ability to inhibit Aurora kinase.
The phrase "therapeutically-effective" is intended to quantify the amount of each agent, which will achieve the goal of improvement in disorder severity and the frequency of incidence over treatment of each agent by itself, while avoiding adverse side effects typically associated with alternative therapies. The terms "ring" and "ring system" refer to a one or more rings, typically fused together where more than one ring, comprising the delineated number of atoms, said atoms being carbon or, where indicated, a heteroatom such as nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. The ring itself, as well as any substitutents thereon, may be attached at any atom that allows a stable compound to be formed. The term "nonaromatic" ring or ring system refers to the fact that at least one, but not necessarily all, rings in a bicyclic or tricyclic ring system is not fully unsaturated.
"Leaving groups" generally refer to groups that are displaceable by a nucleophile. Such leaving groups are known in the art. Examples of leaving groups include, but are not limited to, halides (e.g., I, Br, F, Cl), sulfonates (e.g., mesylate, tosylate), sulfides (e.g., SCH3), N-hydroxsuccinimide, N-hydroxybenzotriazole, and the like. Nucleophiles are species that are capable of attacking a molecule at the point of attachment of the leaving group causing displacement of the leaving group. Nucleophiles are known in the art. Examples of nucleophilic groups include, but are not limited to, amines, thiols, A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 28 -
alcohols, Grignard reagents, anionic species (e.g., alkoxides, amides, carbanions) and the like.
The term "H" denotes a single hydrogen atom. This radical may be attached, for example, to an oxygen atom to form a hydroxyl radical. Where the term "alkyl" is used, either alone or within other terms such as
"haloalkyl" and "alkylamino", it embraces linear or branched radicals preferably having alpha to beta number of carbon atoms. For example a Cj-Cio alkyl is an alkyl comprising 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isoamyl, hexyl and the like. It is contemplated herein that alkyl radicals may be optionally substituted with various substituents, where indicated.
The term "alkenyl", alone or in combination, embraces linear or branched radicals having at least one carbon-carbon double bond and having two or more carbon atoms. Examples of alkenyl radicals include, without limitation, ethenyl, propenyl, allyl, propenyl, butenyl and 4-methylbutenyl. The term "alkenyl" embrace radicals having
"cis" and "trans" orientations, or alternatively, "E" and "Z" orientations, as appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art. It is contemplated herein that alkenyl radicals may be optionally substituted with various substituents, where indicated.
The term "alkynyl", alone or in combination, denotes linear or branched radicals having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and having two or more carbon atoms.
Examples of alkynyl radicals include, without limitation, ethynyl, propynyl (propargyl), butynyl, and the like. It is contemplated herein that alkynyl radicals may be optionally substituted with various substituents, where indicated.
The term "halo", alone or in combination, means halogens such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atoms.
The term "haloalkyl", alone or in combination, embraces radicals wherein any one or more of the alkyl carbon atoms is substituted with halo as defined above. For example, this term includes monohaloalkyl, dihaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl radicals such as a perhaloalkyl. A monohaloalkyl radical, for example, may have either an iodo, bromo, chloro or fluoro atom within the radical. Dihalo and polyhaloalkyl radicals may have two or more of the same halo atoms or a combination of different halo radicals. Examples of haloalkyl radicals include fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, heptafluoropropyl, difluorochloromethyl, dichlorofluoromethyl, difluoroethyl, difluoropropyl, dichloroethyl A-1401-WO-PCT - 29 -
and dichloropropyl. "Perfluoroalkyl", as used herein, refers to alkyl radicals having all hydrogen atoms replaced with fluoro atoms. Examples include trifluoromethyl and pentafluoroethyl.
The term "hydroxyalkyl", alone or in combination, embraces linear or branched alkyl radicals having one or more carbon atoms any one of which may be substituted with one or more hydroxyl radicals. Examples of such radicals include hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl, hydroxybutyl and hydroxyhexyl.
The term "alkoxy", alone or in combination, embraces linear or branched oxy- containing radicals each having alkyl portions of alpha to beta number of carbon atoms. For example, a CMO alkoxy radical indicates an alkoxide having one to ten carbon atoms, arranged in a linear or branched fashion, attached to an oxygen atom. Examples of such radicals include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy and ter/-butoxy. Alkoxy radicals may be further substituted with one or more halo atoms, such as fluoro, chloro or bromo, to provide "haloalkoxy" radicals. Examples of such radicals include fluoromethoxy, chloromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, fluoroethoxy and fluoropropoxy.
The term "partially or fully saturated" as used herein, refers to a moiety, linear, branched or cyclic in nature, having no atom-atom double or triple bonds (fully saturated) or having one or more atom-atom double or triple bonds which are arranged such that where the structural moiety is cyclic, the cycle is not fully unsaturated (non-aromatic), as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
The term "fully unsaturated" as used herein, refers to a moiety having double or triple bonds, arranged in a manner such that the structure is aromatic in nature, as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
The term "aryl", alone or in combination, means a carbocyclic aromatic moiety containing one, two or even three rings wherein such rings may be attached together in a fused manner. Thus the term "aryl" embraces aromatic radicals such as phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, anthracenyl, and indanyl. Said "aryl" group may have 1 or more substituents such as lower alkyl, hydroxyl, halo, haloalkyl, nitro, cyano, alkoxy and lower alkylamino, and the like. Phenyl substituted with -0-CH2-O- forms an aryl benzodioxolyl substituent. Aryl as used herein, implies a fully unsaturated ring.
The term "heterocycles" or "heterocyclic radicals", alone or in combination, embraces saturated, partially saturated and partially unsaturated heteroatom-containing ring radicals, where the heteroatoms may be selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. This term does not include rings containing -0-0-,-O-S- or -S-S- portions. Said A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 30 -
"heterocycle" may have 1 or more substituents such as hydroxyl, Boc, halo, haloalkyl, cyano, lower alkyl, lower aralkyl, oxo, lower alkoxy, amino and lower alkylamino.
Examples of saturated heterocyclic radicals include saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic groups containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms [e.g. pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, piperazinyl]; saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g. morpholinyl]; saturated 3 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g., thiazolidinyl]. Examples of partially saturated (or partially unsaturated) heterocyclyl radicals include dihydrothienyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrofuryl and dihydrothiazolyl.
The term "heteroaryl" radicals, alone or in combination, embraces fully unsaturated heteroatom-containing ring radicals, where the heteroatoms may be selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. Examples of heteroaryl radicals include unsaturated 5 to 6 membered heteromonocyclyl group containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms, for example, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazolyl [e.g., 4H-l,2,4-triazolyl, lH-l,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-l,2,3-triazolyl]; unsaturated 5- to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing an oxygen atom, for example, pyranyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, etc.; unsaturated 5 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing a sulfur atom, for example, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, etc.; unsaturated 5- to 6- membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, for example, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl [e.g., 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4- oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl]; unsaturated 5 to 6-membered heteromonocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, for example, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl [e.g., 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl]. The terms "heterocycle" and "heteroaryl" also embraces radicals which are fused/condensed with aryl radicals: unsaturated condensed heterocyclic or heteroaryl groups containing 1 to 5 nitrogen atoms, for example, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, tetrazolopyridazinyl [e.g., tetrazolo [l,5-b]pyridazinyl]; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g. benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl]; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms [e.g., benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl]; and saturated, partially unsaturated and unsaturated condensed heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 oxygen or sulfur atoms [e.g. benzofuryl, benzothienyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[l,4]dioxinyl and A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 31 -
dihydrobenzofuryl]. Examples of heterocyclic radicals include five to ten membered fused or unfused radicals. Further examples of heteroaryl radicals include quinolyl, isoquinolyl, imidazolyl, pyridyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, furyl, and pyrazinyl. Other examples of heteroaryl radicals are 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl, containing one or two heteroatoms selected from sulfur, nitrogen and oxygen, such as thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, indazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl and pyrazinyl radicals.
Examples of non-nitrogen containing heteroaryl include, without limitation, pyranyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, and the like. Examples of partially and fully saturated heterocyclyl include, without limitation, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiazolidinyl, dihydrothienyl, 2,3-dihydro- benzo[l,4]dioxanyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, dihydrobenzofuryl, isochromanyl, chromanyl, 1,2-dihydroquinolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinolyl, 1,2,3,4- tetrahydro-quinolyl, 2,3,4,4a,9,9a-hexahydro-lH-3-aza-fluorenyl, 5,6,7-trihydro- 1,2,4- triazolo [3 ,4-a] isoquinolyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[l,4]oxazinyl, benzo[l,4]dioxanyl, 2,3- dihydro-lH-lλ'-benzo[d]isothiazol-6-yl, dihydropyranyl, dihydrofuryl and dihydrothiazolyl, and the like.
The term "sulfonyl", whether used alone or linked to other terms such as alkylsulfonyl, denotes respectively divalent radicals -SO2-.
The term "carbonyl", whether used alone or with other terms, such as "aminocarbonyl", denotes -(C=O)-.
The term "Ci-]0alkylthio" embraces radicals containing a linear or branched alkyl radical, of one to ten carbon atoms, attached to a divalent sulfur atom. An example of "alkylthio" is methylthio, (CH3S-).
The term "aminoalkyl" and "diaminoalkyl" embraces "N-Ci.ioalkylamino" and "N,N-Ci.iodialkylamino", respectively, where amino groups are independently substituted with one alkyl radical and with two alkyl radicals, respectively. Examples of alkylamino radicals include "lower alkylamino" radicals having one or two alkyl radicals of one to six carbon atoms, attached to a nitrogen atom. Suitable alkylamino radicals may be mono or dialkylamino such as N-methylamino, N-ethylamino, N,N-dimethylamino, N5N- diethylamino and the like. A-1401-WO-PCT - 32 -
The term "cycloalkyl" includes saturated carbocyclic groups. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include C3-C6 rings, such as compounds including, cyclopentyl, cyclopropyl, and cyclohexyl.
The term "cycloalkenyl" includes carbocyclic groups having one or more carbon- carbon double bonds including "cycloalkyldienyl" compounds. Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include C3-C6 rings, such as compounds including, without limitation, cyclopentenyl, cyclopentadienyl, cyclohexenyl and cycloheptadienyl.
The term "comprising" is meant to be open ended, including the indicated component(s) but not excluding other elements. The terms "Formula I", "Formula II", "Formula ffl" and "Formula IV" include any sub formulas. For example "Formula IV" includes both Formulas FV-A and FV-B.
The present invention comprises processes for the preparation of a compound of Formulae I, II, ITI and IV.
Also included in the family of compounds of Formulas I - FV are the pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof. The term "pharmaceutically-acceptable salts" embraces salts commonly used to form alkali metal salts and to form addition salts of free acids or free bases. The nature of the salt is not critical, provided that it is pharmaceutically-acceptable. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salts of compounds of Formulas I - IV may be prepared from an inorganic acid or from an organic acid. Examples of such inorganic acids include, without limitation, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, nitric, carbonic, sulfuric and phosphoric acid. Examples of organic acids include, without limitation, aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, arylaliphatic, heterocyclic, carboxylic and sulfonic classes of organic acids, examples of which are formic, acetic, adipic, butyric, propionic, succinic, glycolic, gluconic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, glucuronic, maleic, fumaric, pyruvic, aspartic, glutamic, benzoic, anthranilic, mesylic, 4-hydroxybenzoic, phenylacetic, mandelic, embonic (pamoic), methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, ethanedisulfonic, benzenesulfonic, pantothenic, 2- hydroxyethanesulfonic, toluenesulfonic, sulfanilic, cyclohexylaminosulfonic, camphoric, camphorsulfonic, digluconic, cyclopentanepropionic, dodecylsulfonic, glucoheptanoic, glycerophosphonic, heptanoic, hexanoic, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonic, nicotinic, 2- naphthalenesulfonic, oxalic, palmoic, pectinic, persulfuric, 2-phenylpropionic, picric, pivalic propionic, succinic, tartaric, thiocyanic, mesylic, undecanoic, stearic, algenic, β- hydroxybutyric, salicylic, galactaric and galacturonic acid. A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 33 -
Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable base addition salts of compounds of Formulas I - FV include, without limitation, metallic salts such as salts made from aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc, or salts made from organic bases including primary, secondary, tertiary amines and substituted amines including cyclic amines such as caffeine, arginine, diethylamine, N-ethyl piperidine, aistidine, glucamine, isopropylamine, lysine, morpholine, N-ethyl morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, triethylamine, trimethylamine. AU of the salts contemplated herein may be prepared by conventional means from the corresponding compound by reacting, for example, the appropriate acid or base with the compound of Formulas I - IV. When a basic group and an acid group are present in the same molecule, a compound of Formulas I - rV may also form internal salts.
GENERAL SYNTHETIC PROCEDURES
The compounds of the invention can be synthesized according to the following procedures of Schemes 1-8, wherein the substituents are as defined for Formulas I - IV, above, except where further noted. The synthetic methods described below are merely exemplary, and the compounds of the invention may be synthesized by alternate routes as appreciated by persons of ordinary skill in the art. The following list of abbreviations used throughout the specification represent the following:
ACN, AcCN, MeCN - acetonitrile
BSA - bovine serum albumin
Cs2CO3 - cesium carbonate CHCl3 - chloroform
CH2Cl2, DCM - dichloromethane, methylene chloride
DEBAL - diisobutylaluminum hydride
DIEA,(iPr2Net) - diisopropylethylamine
DME - dimethoxyethane DMF - dimethylformamide
DMAP - 4-dimethylaminopyridine
DMSO - dimethylsulfoxide dppa - diphenylphosphoryl azide A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 34 -
EDC 1 -(3 -dimethylaminopropyl)-3 -ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
Et2O diethyl ether
EtOAc ethyl acetate
FBS fetal bovine serum g> gm gram h, hr hour
HBr hydrobromic acid
HCl hydrochloric acid
HOBt 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate
H2 hydrogen
H2O2 hydrogen peroxide
HATU O-(7-azabenzotriazol- 1 -yl)-N,N,N',N'- tetramethyluroniumhexafluorophosphate
HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
IPA, IpOH isopropyl alcohol
K2CO3 potassium carbonate
MCPBA /weta-chloroperbenzoic acid
MgSO4 magnesium sulfate
MeOH methanol
N2 nitrogen
NaHCO3 sodium bicarbonate
NaOH sodium hydroxide
NaH sodium hydride
Na2SO4 sodium sulfate
NH4Cl ammonium chloride
NH4OH ammonium chloride
NMP N-methylpyrrolidinone
P(f-bu)3 tri(tert-butyl)phosphine
PBS phospate buffered saline
Pd/C palladium on carbon
Pd(PPh3), palladium(0)triphenylphosphine tetrakis
Pd(PhCN)2Cl2 palladium di-cyanophenyl dichloride
Pd(OAc)2 palladium acetate A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 35 -
Pd2(dba)3 bis(dibenzylideneacetone) palladium
PyBop benzotriazol- 1 -yl-oxy-tripyrrolidino-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate
RT, rt room temperature RBF round bottom flask rac-BINAP 2,2'-Bis(diphenylphosphine)-l,l '-binaphthyl
TBTU O-benzotriazol-l-yl-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate
TEA, Et3N triethylamine TFA trifluoroacetic acid
THF tetrahydrofuran
Scheme 1 (Method A)
Figure imgf000036_0001
Compounds 7 of Formula I-IV (wherein Ll is S and L2 is NH), can be prepared according to the method generally described in Scheme 1. As shown, a base assisted reaction of hydroxyethylacrylate with an amino-pyrazole 1 affords the hydroxyl-pyrazolo pyrimidine 2 (where Al is CH, A3 is C, A2 and A4 are each N and A5 is CRl, of the D' ring, are each CRl, respectively). The hydroxy group of compounds 2 may be functionalizaled or converted to a useable group, such as a chloride to form the corresponding chloride intermediate 3, under conventional, known methods, such as with phosphorus oxycloride (POC13) as shown. Additional method(s) of preparing a chloro- pyrazolo-pyrimidine intermediate 3 (Rl = H) is that described in Senga, K.; et al. J. Med. Chem. 1981, 24, 610-613. A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 36 -
The chloride of compound 3 can then be reacted with a suitably nucleophilic aniline spcies, such as a thiol 4 (wherein L1 is a sulfur and L2 is an NH; Note that phenols may also be used to prepare similar intermediates where L1 is O), under basic conditions such as the use of a suitable case, including a cesium base as shown. The resulting intermediate 5 may then be reacted with a chloride material 6 under suitable conditions to afford the desired compounds 7.
The thiol 4 is generally sufficiently nucleophilic, under suitable conditions, to displace the chloride of compound 3. Compound 4 may also be an alcohol, a primary or secondary amine or a nucleophilic carbon species (all of which are not shown) to effect the transformation to compound 5, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. The amine group on compound 4 may be protected as necessary or left unprotected, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. Suitable bases to yield compound 5 include, without limitation, carbonate bases such as cesium carbonate (CS2CO3), Na2CO3, K2CO3 and the like in a suitable solvent, whose properties will generally depend upon the solubility of the starting materials, polarity, and other factors readily appreciated in the art. Amine 5, if protected may generally first be deprotected, and then reacted with an optionally substituted chloro- pyridine, chloro-pyridazine (where A8 is N), chloro-phthalazine (where R7 and R8 taken together form a phenyl ring) and the like under suitable conditions, including without limitation, under basic conditions, acidic conditions and heated conditions, in suitable solvent or combination of solvents to afford compound 7, of Formulas 1-IV. Representative examples of such reactions are further described hereinbelow.
Scheme 2 (Method B)
Figure imgf000037_0001
12 13 14 A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 37 -
Compounds 14 of Formulas I-IV (where L1 is O and L2 is NH), can be prepared according to the method generally described in Scheme 2. As shown, diethyl 2- (ethoxym ethylene) malonate can be reacted with an lH-pyrrolo-amine 8 to afford the ring closed ethyl ester substituted-oxo-pyrrolo-pyridazine 9 (where A1 is CH, A3 is N, A2 is C and A4 and A5, of the D' ring, are each CR1, respectively). The ester group of compounds 9 may be hydrolyzed and decarboxylated, or otherwise eliminated, under conventional conditions, such as aqueous sodium chloride, to form the corresponding ketone intermediate 10, as shown. Arylation of compound 10 can be accomplished with a suitable base, such as DABCO, and the corresponding activated aryl group, such as fluoro-nitro-benzene 11, as shown. The nitro group of resulting intermediate 12 may first be reduced to the corresponding amino intermediate 13 under conventional conditions, such as hydrogenation un the presence of a suitable catalyst, as shown. The corresponding amine 13 can then be reacted with a chloride 6 under suitable conditions to afford the desired compounds 14. Representative examples of such reactions are further described hereinbelow.
Suitable transformation methods are known to those skilled in the art, and are generally described in Jerry March's Advanced Organic Chemistry, 4th edition (1992), which disclosure is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 38 -
Scheme 3 (Method C)
Figure imgf000039_0001
Compounds 20 of Formulas I-FV (where L1 is S or O and L2 is NH), can be prepared according to the method generally described in Scheme 3. As shown, the aldehyde group and amino group of carboxaldehyde-pyrrole 15, respectively, can be reacted with KOH and hydroxylamine-sulfonic acid to afford the corresponding cyano-1- amino pyrrole intermediate 16. The cyano and amino groups of compound 16 can be respectfully hydrolyzed and formylated by treatment with base followed by formic acid in the presence of sodium acetate to provide intermediate 17. The ring closure of intermediate 18 can be accomplished by reacting 17 with sodium methoxide. The bromide of compounds 18, obtained by bromination with phosphiorus oxybromide, may be reacted with a thiol or alcohol 4, under conventional conditions, to afford intermediate 19. The resulting aniline intermediate 19 may then be reacted with a heteroaryl chloride 6 under suitable conditions to afford the desired compounds 20. A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 39 -
Scheme 4 (Method D)
OEt
Figure imgf000040_0001
Compounds 28 of Formula I-IV (wherein L1 is S and L2 is NH), can be prepared according to the method generally described in Scheme 4. As shown, phthalic anhydride can be reacted with a hydroxyl-amino-pyrazole 21 to protect the amine group and provide intermediate 22. The hydroxyl group of 22 can be displaced in a Mitsunobu type reaction, as shown to provide the ally lie ether 23. Intermediate 23 can be reacted with hydroxyethylacrylate under basic conditions, or the corresponding sodium salt as shown, to afford the hydroxyl-pyrazolo-pyrimidine 24 (where A1 is CH, A3 is C, A2 and A4 are each N and A5 is CR1, of the D' ring, are each CR1, respectively). As described in scheme 1 above, the hydroxy group of compounds 24 may be functionalizaled or converted to a useable group, such as a chloride to form the corresponding chloride intermediate 25, under conventional, known methods, such as with phosphorus oxycloride (POCl3) as shown. The chloride of compound 25 can then be reacted with a suitably nucleophilic species, such as a thiol 4 (wherein L1 is a sulfur and L2 is an NH; Note that phenols may also be used to prepare similar intermediates where L1 is O), under basic conditions such as the use of a suitable case, including a cesium base as shown. The resulting aniline intermediate 26 may then be reacted with a chloride 6 under suitable conditions to afford the desired ether protected compounds 27. Ether 27 can then be deprotected under A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 40 -
conventional conditions to provide the corresponding alcohol 28, which can then be functionalized to prepare desired ether linked R1 groups.
Scheme 5 (Method E)
Figure imgf000041_0001
21 22-A 24-A
Figure imgf000041_0002
Compounds 28A of Formula I-FV (wherein L1 is S and L2 is NH), can be prepared according to the method generally described in Scheme 5. As shown, 2-hydroxyl ethyl- methyl ether can be reacted with a hydroxyl-amino-pyrazole 21-A to functionalize the hydroxyl group and provide intermediate 22-A. Intermediate 22-A can be reacted with hydroxyethylacrylate under basic conditions, or the corresponding sodium salt as whown, to afford the hydroxyl-pyrazolo-pyrimidine 24-A (where A1 is CH, A3 is C, A2 and A4 are each N and A5 is CR1, of the D' ring, are each CR1, respectively). As described in scheme 1 above, the hydroxy group of compounds 24-A may be functionalizaled or converted to a useable group, such as a chloride to form the corresponding chloride intermediate 25-A, under conventional, known methods, such as with phosphorus oxycloride (POCI3) as shown. The chloride of compound 25-A can then be reacted with a suitably nucleophilic species, such as a thiol 4 (wherein L1 is a sulfur and L2 is an NH; Note that phenols may also be used to prepare similar intermediates where L1 is O), under basic conditions such as the use of a suitable case, including a cesium base as shown. The resulting aniline A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 41 -
intermediate 26-A may then be reacted with a chloride 6 under suitable conditions to afford the desired ether compounds 27-A.
Scheme 6 (Method F)
Figure imgf000042_0001
33 34
Compounds 34 of Formula I-IV (wherein L1 is S and L2 is NH), can be prepared according to the method generally described in Scheme 6. As shown, methyl-chloro- pyrrole carboxylate 29 can be reacted with dinitrophenylhydroxylamine in the presence of a strong base, such as sodium hydride in a suitable solvent, to afford aminopyrrole 30. Amino-pyrrole 30 can be reacted with formamide (can be used here as a solvent as well) to effect ring closure and provide intermediate 31. Compound 31 can be converted to the corresponding chloride 32 under conventional conditions, such as POC13 shown in scheme 1. Further, and as shown in scheme 1, chloride 32 may be reacted with and discplaced by a suitable thiol 4, as shown, to provide coupled adduct 33. The resulting aniline intermediate 33 may then be reacted with a chloride 6 under suitable conditions to afford the desired compounds 34. Chloride 34 can then be reacted under conventional conditions with suitable nucleophilic species to provide the corresponding desired R1 substituted pyrrolo-triazines (not shown).
Scheme 7 A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 42 -
Figure imgf000043_0001
Compounds 37 can be made by treating compounds 35 (where L1 is as defined herein) with either of reagents 36 in a Suzuki, Stille or Sonagashira type reaction, under conditions suitable for each reaction, respectively. Such reactions work well where R6 is an aromatic group. Each reaction method is known in the art and generally appreciated by those skilled in the art. Examples of such reactions are described in further detail hereinbelow. In addition, methods for Sonagashira reactions may be found in Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2003, 42, 5993-5996.
The method of scheme 7 allows desired R6 groups to be the final step of synthesis of compounds 37. Care must be taken to restrict the R1, R7 and R8 in this method to those groups, which would not interfere with or react under suitable reaction method and/or conditions to form compounds 37, as appreciated by persons of ordinary skill in the art.
Scheme 8
Figure imgf000043_0002
Compounds 40 may be prepared by a single reaction between a bromo-substituted compound 38 and a desired R1 group appropriately substituted with a nucleophile or other suitable group to prepare compound 40. Such transformations may be accomplished using a variety of different methods, as appreciated by those skilled in the art. For example, desirable amino-R1 groups can be installed at a suitable position on a D' ring by treating bromide 38 in the presence of a suitable palladium species and a suitable R'-halide, R1- amine or other desired R1 -reagent under suitable conditions. For example, modified Suzuki conditions involving the use of a Pd(O) mediated-coupling with an aryl boronate A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 43 -
in the presence of mild base, such as sodium or potassium carbonate or bicarbonate, in toluene may also afford compounds 40. Compounds 40 can also be prepared using corresponding stannanes or zincates, as is known in the art. Alternatively, desired R1 groups may be installed onto the D'-ring using conventional methods (not shown), as appreciated by those skilled in the art.
The Examples described hereinafter represent exemplary methods of synthesizing or preparing desired compounds of Formulas I-FV, intermediates and various starting materials and/or building blocks thereof. It should be appreciated that these methods are merely representative examples and other conventional, known or developed alternative methods may also be utilized. It should also be appreciated that the exemplary compounds are merely for illustrative purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting the scope of the present invention in any manner.
Analytical methods; Unless otherwise indicated, all HPLC analyses were run on a Agilent Model 1100 system with an Agilent Technologies Zorbax SB-Cg(5 μ) reverse phase column (4.6 x 150 mm; Part no. 883975-906) run at 30 0C with a flow rate of about 1.50 mL/min. The mobile phase used solvent A (H2O/0.1% TFA) and solvent B (AcCN/0.1% TFA) with a 11 min gradient from 5% to 100% AcCN. The gradient was followed by a 2 min return to 5% AcCN and about a 2.5 minute re-equilibration (flush).
LC-MS Method:
Samples were run on a Agilent model-1100 LC-MSD system with an Agilent Technologies XDB-C8 (3.5 μ) reverse phase column (4.6 x 75 mm) at 30 0C. The flow rate was constant and ranged from about 0.75 mL/min to about 1.0 mL/min.
The mobile phase used a mixture of solvent A (H2CVO.1% HOAc) and solvent B (AcCN/0.1% HOAc) with a 9 min time period for a gradient from 10% to 90% solvent B. The gradient was followed by a 0.5 min period to return to 10% solvent B and a 2.5 min 10% solvent B re-equilibration (flush) of the column.
Preparative HPLC Method:
Where indicated, compounds of interest were purified via reverse phase HPLC using a Gilson workstation with a 30 x 50 mm column at 40 mL/min. The mobile phase used a mixture of solvent A (H2O/0.1% TFA) and solvent B (AcCN/0.1% TFA) with a 15 A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 44 -
min gradient from 10% to 95% solvent B. The gradient is followed by a 2 min return to 10% AcCN.
Proton NMR Spectra; Unless otherwise indicated, all H NMR spectra were run on a Varian series
Mercury 300 MHz or on a Bruker 400 MHz instrument. Where so characterized, all observed protons are reported as parts-per-million (ppm) downfield from tetramethylsilane (TMS) or other internal reference in the appropriate solvent indicated.
Example 1
Figure imgf000045_0001
Synthesis of 4-(4-Chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(2-cyclopropylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7- ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine (According to Method A)
Step 1 : Sodium 3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-olate To a mixture of sodium hydride, 60% (1.07 g, 26.7 mmol) and /Pr2O (40 mL) at RT was added ethyl acetate (2.36 ml, 24.1 mmol) in one portion. The internal temperature was adjusted to 40 0C. After 5 minutes, ethyl formate (3.87 ml, 48.1 mmol) was added dropwise such that the internal temperature did not rise above 42 0C. After the addition was complete, the solution was stirred at RT for 16 hr. The mixture was filtered under Argon and the solid rinsed with hexanes. The resulting white solid, sodium (Z)-3-ethoxy- 3-oxoprop-l-en-l-olate, was advanced without further purification. Step 2: 2-CvclopropylpyrazolorL5-a1pyrimidin-7-ol
A mixture of 5-cyclopropyl-lH-pyrazol-3-amine (415 mg, 3.37 mmol) and sodium (Z)-3- ethoxy-3-oxoprop-l-en-l-olate (0.791 g, 5.73 mmol) in EtOH (3 mL) and toluene (1 mL) was heated to 80 0C in a resealable tube. After 16 hrs the solvent was removed in vacuo. The resulting residue was dissolved in a minimal amount of warm water and triturated with 1 N HCl with cooling (0 0C) until the pH ~ 1. The resulting solid was filtered and washed with water to afford 2-cyclopropylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ol as an off-white solid that was advanced without further purification. M+H+ found = 176.2. A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 45 -
Step 3: 7-Chloro-2-cvclopropylpyrazolori,5-a1pyrimidine
A mixture of 2-cyclopropylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ol (0.400 g, 2.28 mmol) and phosphorous oxychloride (4.26 ml, 45.7 mmol) in a resealable tube was heated to 100 0C. After 4 hrs the solution was cooled to RT and slowly poured onto ice. The mixture was made basic using 2 N NaOH and saturated NaHCO3 and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic fractions were washed with brine and dried with sodium sulfate. The organic phase solution was passed over a plug of silica gel and concentrated in vacuo to afford 7-chloro-2-cyclopropylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidine as a brown oil that was advanced without further purification. MS: Found M+tT = 194.1. Step 4: 4-(2-Cvclopropylpyrazoloπ .5-alpyrimidin-7-ylthio)benzenamine
To a mixture of cesium carbonate (0.606 g, 1.86 mmol) and 4-aminobenzenethiol (116 mg, 0.930 mmol) in DMF (3 mL) at RT was added 7-chloro-2-cyclopropylpyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidine (0.180 g, 0.930 mmol). The mixture was heated to 60 0C. After 2 hrs the mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with EtOAc, and washed with water and brine. After drying the organic fraction with sodium sulfate, the solvent was removed in vacuo to afford 4-(2-cyclopropylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ylthio)benzenamine, which was advanced without further purification. MS: Found M+H* = 283.1. Step 5 : 4-(4-Chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(2-cvclopropylpyrazolor 1 ,5-a1pyrimidin-7- ylthio*)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine A resealable tube charged with a mixture of 4-(2-cyclopropylpyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidin-7- ylthio)benzenamine (100 mg, 0.354 mmol) and l-chloro-4-(4-chlorophenyl)phthalazine (97 mg, 0.354 mmol) in fBuOH (2 mL) was heated to 100 0C. After 3 hrs, the mixture was cooled to RT, diluted with CH2Cl2, and washed with water and brine. After drying the organic fraction with sodium sulfate, the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography using 20-90% Hexanes:EtOAc to afford 4-(4- chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(2-cyclopropylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin- 1-amine. MS: Found M+H* = 521.2.
Example 2 A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 46 -
Figure imgf000047_0001
Synthesis of4-(4-Chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(pyrrolo[l^-b]pyridazin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-l- phthalazinamine (According to Method B)
Step 1: Ethyl 4-oxo-L4-dihydropyrrolori.2-blpyridazine-3-carboxylate Diethyl 2-(ethoxymethylene) malonate (1.82 g, 8.4 mmol) and lH-pyrrol-1 -amine (575 mg, 7.0 mmol) were heated at 125 0C for 2 hours. Diphenyl ether was added and the mixture was heated at 220 0C for two hours, allowing ethanol to distill off. The mixture was then purified by silica gel chromatography using 100% CH2Cl2 to afford ethyl 4-oxo- l,4-dihydropyrrolo[l,2-b]pyridazine-3-carboxylate. MS: Found IVB-H+ = 161. Step 2: Pyrroloπ.2-blpyridazin-4(lHVone
Ethyl 4-oxo-l,4-dihydropyrrolo[l,2-b]pyridazine-3-carboxylate (412 mg, 2.00 mmol), sodium chloride (200 mg), water (1 mL), and DMSO (1 mL) were heated at 150 0C for 3 hours. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified using 0-50% EtOAc/Hexanes to provide pyrrolo[l,2-b]pyridazin-4(lH)-one. MS: Found M-I-H+ = 135. Step 3: 4-(4-Nitrophenoxy)H-pyrrolo[l,2-b]pyridazine
Pyrrolo[l,2-b]pyridazin-4(lH)-one (1 10 mg, 820 μmol), l-fluoro-4-nitrobenzene (174 mg, 1.23 mmol), and l,4-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octane (184 mg, 1.64 mmol) were combined in acetonitrile (3 ml) and heated for 72 hours at 80 0C. The mixture was concentrated and purified using 100% CH2Cl2 to afford 4-(4-nitrophenoxy)H-pyrrolo[l,2-b]pyridazine. Step 4: 4-(H-pyrrolori,2-blpyridazin-4-yloxy)benzenamine
To a solution of 4-(4-nitrophenoxy)H-pyrrolo[l,2-b]pyridazine (100 mg, 392 μmol) in MeOH (5 mL) at RT was added 10% palladium on carbon (42 mg). After 18 hrs, the mixture was filtered and concentrated to afford crude 4-(H-pyrrolo[l,2-b]pyridazin-4- yloxy)benzenamine that was advanced without further purification. MS: Found M-I-H+ = 226.
Step 5 : 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(pyrrolor 1 ,2-blpyridazin-4-yloxy)phenyl)- 1 - phthalazinamine
The title compound was prepared from 4-(H-pyrrolo[l,2-b]pyridazin-4- yloxy)benzenamine by a method analogous to that described in Example 1, step 5.
Figure imgf000048_0001
Synthesis of 4-(4-Chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(pyrrolo[2,l-f] [l,2,4]triazin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-l- phthalazinamine (According to Method C) Step 1 : 1 -Amino- lH-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile lH-Pyrrole-2-carbaldehyde (12.5 g, 131 mmol) and hydroxylamine-O-sulfonic acid (52.0 g, 460 mmol) were combined in water (400 mL) and stirred at RT for 1 hr. The solution was cooled to 0 0C and a solution of potassium hydroxide (147.0 g, 2.62 mol) in water (500 mL) was added over 1 hr. After 18 hrs at 0 0C, the mixture was filtered. The solids were washed with water, and the filtrate was extracted with CH2Cl2. The organic layer was dried with sodium sulfate, combined with the collected solid, and concentrated in vacuo. The solid was purified by silica gel chromatography using 0-40% EtOAc/Hexanes to afford 1 -amino- lH-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile. MS: Found IVM-H+ = 108. Step 2: 1 -Amino- 1 H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide A solution of 1 -amino- lH-pyrrole-2-carbonitrile (100 mg, 0.934 mmol) and potassium hydroxide (1.26 g, 22.5 mmol) in water (3 mL) was stirred at RT for 6 hours. The resulting mixture was then cooled to 0 0C and filtered. The collected solid was washed with cold water until the washings were pH neutral and purified by silica gel chromatography using 0-100 % of 90/10/1 CH2Cl2ZMeOHMH4OH in CH2Cl2 to afford 1- amino- 1 H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide.
Step 3: l-Formamido-lH-pyrrole-2-carboxamide
To a mixture of 1 -Amino- 1 H-pyrrole-2-carboxamide (1.00 g, 8.0 mmol) and sodium acetate (1.60 g, 20.0 mmol) was added formic acid (11.0 ml, 287 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight at RT. After removing the excess formic acid in vacuo, water (5 mL) was added and the mixture was cooled to 0 0C. The mixture was filtered and the solid washed with water and dried in vacuo to afford l-formamido-lH-pyrrole-2- carboxamide which was advanced without further purification. Step 4: Pyrrolori^-firi^^ltriazin^GHVone A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 48 -
To a solution of sodium methoxide (5.8 mg, 0.11 mmol) in MeOH (3 mL) was added 1- formamido-lH-pyrrole-2-carboxamide (50.0 mg, 0.327 mmol) and the mixture was refluxed overnight. After cooling to RT, the base was neutralized with one equivalent of HCl in dioxane (4 M). The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue purified by silica gel chromatography using 0-40% MeOH in CH2Cl2 to afford pyrrolo[l,2- f][l,2,4]triazin-4(3H)-one. Step 5: 4-Bromopyrrolori.2-firi.2.41triazines
Pyrrolo[l,2-fJ[l,2,4]triazin-4(3H)-one (50 mg, 0.37 mmol) and phosphorus oxybromide (250 mg, 0.87 mmol) were combined and heated at 60 0C for 30 minutes. The resulting semi-solid was cooled and slowly mixed with ice-water with vigorous stirring. The mixture was neutralized with saturated sodium carbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic fractions were dried with sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to afford crude 4-bromopyrrolo[l,2-fJ[l,2,4]triazines that was advanced without further purification. Step 6: 4-(4-Chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(pyrrolor2.1-fifl .2.41triazin-4-yloxy)phenvn- 1 - phthalazinamine
The title compound was prepared from 4-bromopyrrolo[l,2-f][l,2,4]triazine by a method analogous to that described in Example 1, steps 4 and 5.
Figure imgf000049_0001
Synthesis of N-(4-(2-(allyloxy)py razolo [ 1 ,5-a] py rimidin-7-ylthio)phenyl)-4-(4- chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l-amine (According to Method D)
Step 1: 2-(5-Hvdroxy-lH-pyrazol-3-yl')isoindoline-l,3-dione To a solution of 3-amino-lH-pyrazol-5-ol (10.00 g, 101 mmol) in THF (300 mL) at RT was added phthalic acid anhydride (14.9 g, 101 mmol) followed by acetic acid (69.3 ml, 1.21 mol). The mixture was heated to reflux. After 4 days, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford a slurry that was cooled to 0 0C and filtered. The solid was rinsed with A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 49 -
Et2O and dried in vacuo to afford 2-(5-hydroxy-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)isoindoline-l,3-dione as a yellow solid that was advanced without further purification. MS: Found M+tT = 230.2. Step 2A: 5-(AllyloxyVlH-pyrazol-3-amine
To a mixture of triphenylphosphine (2.75 g, 10.5 mmol), allyl alcohol (0.714 ml, 10.5 mmol), and 2-(5-hydroxy-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)isoindoline-l,3-dione (2.000 g, 8.73 mmol) in DMF (25 mL) at RT was slowly added DIAD (2.04 ml, 10.5 mmol). After 18 hrs the solution was concentrated in vacuo, diluted with EtOAc, and washed with water and brine. The organic fraction was dried with sodium sulfate, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by silica gel chromatography using 40-70% Hexanes:EtOAc to afford 2-(5- (allyloxy)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)isoindoline-l,3-dione as a light yellow solid. MH+ = 270.1. Step 2B: To a mixture of 2-(5-(allyloxy)-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)isoindoline-l,3-dione (0.684 g, 2.54 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) at RT was added anhydrous hydrazine (0.319 ml, 10.2 mmol). The solution was heated at 50 0C for 18 hrs before cooling to 0 0C. The resulting precipitate was removed by filtration. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford crude 5-(allyloxy)-lH-pyrazol-3-amine that was advanced without further purification. MS: Found M+H+ = 147.2.
Steps 3-7: N-(4-(2-(allyloxy)pyrazolor 1.5-a1pyrimidin-7-ylthio)phenyl)-4-(4- chlorophenvDphthalazin-1 -amine The title compound was prepared in a manner analogous to that described in Example 1, Steps 2-6.
Figure imgf000050_0001
Synthesis of 7-(4-(4-(4-Chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l-ylamino)phenylthio)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-2-ol (According to Method D)
To a mixture of N-(4-(2-(allyloxy)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ylthio)phenyl)-4-(4- chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l -amine (0.110 g, 0.20 mmol, Example 4) and ammonium formate (130 mg, 2.0 mmol) in MeOH (7 mL) was added a slurry of 10% palladium on carbon, (44 mg) in EtOAc (1 mL). The mixture was heated to 65 0C. After 8 hrs, the A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 50 -
mixture was cooled to RT, filtered over celite, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by silica gel chromatography using 5-15% MeOH in CH2Cl2 with 1% NH4OH to afford 7-(4- (4-(4-chlorophenyl)phthalazin-l-ylamino)phenylthio)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-2-ol as a light yellow solid. MS: Found M+H+ = 497.0.
Example 6
Figure imgf000051_0001
Synthesis of 4-(4-Chloropheny.)-N-(4-(2-(2-methoxγethoxy)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-7-ylthio)phenyI)phthalazin-l-amine (According to Method £) Step 1 : 5-(2-methoxyethoxy)-lH-pyrazol-3-amine
To a mixture of 2-methoxyethanol (0.664 mL, 8.41 mmol) and 3-amino-5- hydroxypyrazole (1.00 g, 10.1 mmol) in C6H6 (50 mL) at RT was added cyanomethylenetri-n-butylphosphorane (2.03 g, 8.41 mmol). The mixture was heated to 90 0C in a pressure vessel. After 16 hrs, the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was taken up in CH2Cl2 and adsorbed onto silica gel prior to purification by silica gel chromatography using 2-10% MeOH in CH2Cl2 with 1% NH4OH to afford 5-(2- methoxyethoxy)-lH-pyrazol-3 -amine as a yellow oil. MH+ = 158.2. Steps 2-7: 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-((2-((2-(methyloxy)ethyl)oxy)pyrazolo[ 1.5- alpyrimidin-7-yl)thio)phenylV 1 -phthalazinamine The title compound, 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)pyrazolo[l,5- a]pyrimidin-7-ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine, was prepared by a method analogous to that described in Example 1.
Example 7 A-1401-WO-PCT - 51 -
Figure imgf000052_0001
Synthesis of ^(^ChlorophenyO-N-C^S-chloropyrroloIl^-flll^^jtriazin-^ ylthio)phenyl)phthalazin-l-amine (According to Method F)
Step 1: Methyl l-amino-3-chloro-lH-pyrrole-2-carboxylate hydrochloride To a mixture of methyl S-chloro-lH-pyrrole^-carboxylate (2.50 g, 15.7 mmol) and DMF (10 mL) at 0 0C was added 60% sodium hydride (0.816 g, 20.4 mmol). After 15 min, O- (2,4-dinitrophenyl)hydroxylamine (3.74 g, 18.8 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 1 hr before warming to RT. After 18 hrs, the mixture was diluted with 10% NaCl and extracted with EtOAc. The organic fractions were dried with sodium sulfate and purified by silica gel chromatography using 10-30% Hexanes:EtOAc to afford a crude, brown oil. The oil was taken up in Et2O and treated with 4 N HCl in dioxane. The resulting off-white precipitate was collected by filtration to afford methyl l-amino-3- chloro- 1 H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate hydrochloride. Step 2: 5-Chloropyrroloπ.2-fin.2.41triazin-4(3HVone A solution of methyl l-amino-3-chloro-l H-pyrrole-2-carboxylate hydrochloride (2.00 g, 9.48 mmol) and formamide (11.3 ml, 284 mmol) was exposed to microwave radiation at 170 0C for 45 min. Upon cooling to RT the solution solidified. The slurry was diluted with EtOAc and heated until all solids dissolved. Upon cooling and concentration in vacuo, 5-chloropyrrolo[l,2-fJ[l,2,4]triazin-4(3H)-one crystallized from the solution as an off-white solid. MS: Found M+HT = 170.1.
Steps 3-7: 4-(4-ChlorophenylVN-(4-(5-chloropyrrolor 1.2-fl \ 1.2.41triazin-4- yithio'lphenvDphthalazin- 1 -amine
The title compound was prepared by a method analogous to that described in Example 1. MS data is provided in Table 1.
Example 8 A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 52 -
Figure imgf000053_0001
Synthesis of 4-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)phthalazin-l-yIamino)phenol
A mixture of 4-aminophenol (42 mg, 0.38 mmol), l-chloro-4-(4-methylpiperazin-l- yl)phthalazine (lOOmg, 0.381 mmol), and TFA (29 μl, 0.38 mmol) was heated in 2- butanol (3 mL) in a sealed tube at 90 0C overnight. Next day LC/MS shows completion of reaction. The reaction was cooled and diluted with DCM. Aqueous sodium bicarbonate was added and the organic layer was collected. The aqueous layer was neutralized with IN HCl and the product was extracted with DCM. The organic layers were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to afford 4-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-l- yl)phthalazin-l-ylamino)phenol as solid brown material. MS: Found M+H* = 336.2. Calc'd for Ci9H21N5O: 335.4.
Example 9
Figure imgf000053_0002
Synthesis of 4-(4-(4-methoxyphenyl)phthalazin-l-yIamino)phenol hydrochloride
4-Aminophenol (340 mg, 3.1 mmol), l-chloro-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)phthalazine (837 mg,
3.1 mmol), and sec-butanol (12 mL, 3.1 mmol) were combined in a resealable tube and heated to 100 0C overnight. The reaction progress was monitored by LCMS, and upon completion, the orange reaction was cooled diluted with diethyl ether. The resulting precipitate was filtered and washed with diethyl ether, and the solid was dried in vacuo to provide 4-(4-(4-methoxyphenyl)phthalazin-l-ylamino)phenol hydrochloride (1.17 g, 100% yield) as an orange solid. MS: Found M+H1" = 344.0. Calc'd for Ci9H2]N5O: 343.13.
Example 10
Figure imgf000054_0001
Synthesis of l-Chloro-4-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phthalazine
1,4-Dichlorophthalazine (1.40 g, 7.03 mmol), 4-methylthiophen-2-ylboronic acid (999 mg, 7.03 mmol), and PdCl2(DPPF) (721 mg, 985 μmol) were added into a sealed tube. The tube was purged with Argon. Then sodium carbonate (2.0 M in water) (7.74 ml, 15.5 mmol) and 1,4-dioxane (35.2 ml, 7.03 mmol) were added. The tube was sealed, stirred at RT for 5 min, and placed in a preheated oil bath at 1 10 0C. After 1 h, LC-MS showed product and byproduct (double coupling), and SM dichlorophthalazine. The reaction was cooled to RT, filtered through a pad of celite with an aid of EtOAc, concentrated, and loaded onto column. The product was purified by column chromatography using Hex to remove the top spot, then 80:20 Hex:EtOAc to collect the product. The product, 1-chloro- 4-(4-methylthiophen-2-yl)phthalazine was obtained as yellow solid. LC-MS showed that the product was contaminated with a small amount of SM dichlorophthalazine and biscoupling byproduct. MS m/z = 261 [M+l]+. Calcd for Ci3H9ClN2S: 260.12.
Example 11
Figure imgf000054_0002
Synthesis of l-Chloro-4-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)phthaIazine
Step 1: 2-(T)imethylamino)isoindoline-l,3-dione. The title compound was prepared according to methods described in the following papers: (a) Deniau, E.; Enders. D.; Couture, A.; Grandclaudon, P. Tetrahedron: Asymmetry 2003, 14, 2253. (b) Saito, Y.; Sakamoto, T.; Kikugawa, Y. Synthesis 2001, 221. (c) Deniau, E.; Enders, D. Tetrahedron Lett. 2000, 41, 2347. To a solution of isobenzofuran-l,3-dione (5.00 g, 34 mmol) and N,N-dimethylhydrazine (2.9 ml, 37 mmol) in toluene (75 ml, 34 mmol) in a RBF was added p-TsOH H2O (0.32 g, A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 54 -
1.7 mmol). A Dean-Stark apparatus and a condenser were attached to the RBF. The mixture was refluxed. After 4 h, LCMS showed mainly product. The reaction was cooled to RT. Toluene was removed under reduced pressure, and the crude was dissolved in CH2Cb, washed with sat NaHCC>3, water, and brine. The organic was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. Light yellow solid was obtained. 1H NMR showed mainly product, 2-(dimethylamino)isoindoline-l,3-dione. MS Calcd for CiOHi0N2O2: [M]+= 190.
Found: [M+H]+= 191.
Step 2: 2-(Dimethylamino)-3-hvdroxy-3-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)isoindolin-l-one
In a dry RBF, 2-bromo-6-methylpyridine (66 μl, 581 μmol) and THF (1211 μl, 581 μmol) were added. The reaction was purged with argon, and cooled to -78 0C. BuLi (244 μl, 610 μmol) was added via syringe. After 30 min, the anion was cannulated into a solution of 2- (dimethylamino)isoindoline-l,3-dione (166 mg, 872 μmol) in 2 mL of THF previously submerged in a cold bath at -78 0C for 2 min (the starting material precipitated out of the solution at low temp). After 15 min at -78 0C, the temperature was warmed to -30 0C. After 1 h, LCMS showed mainly product at 1.535 min. The reaction was quenched slowly with sat. NH4Cl. The product was extracted with CH2Cl2. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give a yellow oil. The product was purified using 85: 15 CH2Cl2:(90:10:l CH2Cl2:MeOH:NH4θH). Viscous yellow oil was obtained. 1H NMR showed mainly product, 2-(dimethylamino)-3-hydroxy-3-(6- methylpyridin-2-yl)isoindolin-l-one. MS Calcd for Ci6HnN3O2: [M]+= 283. Found: [M+H]+= 284.
Step 3: 4-(6-Methylpyridin-2-v0phthalazin-l(2HVone
The title compound was prepared according to a method described in Saito, Y.; Sakamoto, T.; Kikugawa, Y. Synthesis 2001, 2, 221. 2-(Dimethylamino)-3-hydroxy-3-(6- methylpyridin-2-yl)isoindolin- 1 -one (3.18 g, 1 1.0 mmol), EtOH ( 11.0 ml, 11.0 mmol), and hydrazine (5.30 ml, 168 mmol) were added into a RBF fitted with a reflux condenser. A nitrogen balloon was attached on top of the condenser. The reaction was refluxed overnight. LCMS showed that the reaction was completed. The reaction was cooled to rt. Off-white solid precipitated out of the solution. Water was added and the mixture was cooled to 0 0C. The solid was filtered off with an aid of water and dried under vacuum. White solid was obtained. LCMS of the solid showed product, 4-(6-methylpyridin-2- yl)phthalazin-l(2H)-one. MS Calcd for Ci4HnN3O: [M]+= 237. Found: [M+H]+ = 238. Step 4: l-Chloro-4-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)phthalazine A-1401-WO-PCT - 55 -
A dry RBF set up with stirring bar and reflux condenser was charged with 4-(6- methylpyridin-2-yl)phthalazin-l(2H)-one (780 mg, 3.29 mmol) and POCl3 (10.7 ml, 115 mmol). This was stirred under reflux for 18 h. Excess POCl3 was removed under vacuum with an aid of toluene. The residue was cooled to 0 0C and basified with cold 6 N NaOH until pH=9. Occasionally, ice was added to keep the mixture cold to prevent the hydrolysis. Stirring, agitation, and sonication eventually provided a solid material at basic pH. The solids were filtered, washed with ample amount of water and dried under vacuum to afford a white solid. MS Calcd for Ci4Hi0ClN3: [M]+= 255. Found: [M+H]+ = 256.
Figure imgf000056_0001
Synthesis of l-chloro-4-(octahydroisoquinolin-2(lH)-yl)phthalazine
A resealable pressure bottle was charged with 1,4-dichlorophthalazine (1258 mg, 6.28 mmol), decahydroisoquinoline (588 μl, 3.95 mmol), potassium carbonate (546 mg, 3.95 mmol) and DMSO (20 mL, 0.2 M). Reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 16 h, then cooled to RT and diluted with 5 mL of DMSO. The solution was purified by Gilson HPLC (10% to 90% CH3CN/H2O/0.1%TFA) to afford l-chloro-4-(octahydroisoquinolin-2(lH)- yl)phthalazine. MS [M+H] = 302.1. Calcd for CnH20ClN3: 301.8.
Example 13
Figure imgf000056_0002
Synthesis of 3-chloro-6-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-ethylpyridazine
Step 1 : 4-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-ethyl-2-hydroxy-4-oxobutanoic acid A RBF was charged with 2-oxobutanoic acid (2.50 g, 24.5 mmol) and 3.2 mL of water and the mixture was cooled to 0 0C. The acid was neutralized by slow addition of 20% aqueous KOH. 3'-chloroacetophenone (3.79 g, 24.5 mmol) was added, followed by a 1.3 M solution of KOH (2.20 g, 39.2 mmol) in MeOH. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 56 -
0C for 48 h. The mixture was brought to pH 2 by dropwise addition of cone. H2SO4. The MeOH was removed in vacuo, and 25 mL of water was added. The heterogeneous mixture was filtered through Celite, and the filter cake was washed with water and CH2Cl2. The layers of the filtrate were separated, and the aqueous portion was extracted with additional CH2Cl2. The combined organics were dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to a volume of -25 mL. Hexane was added until the mixture became cloudy, and upon standing a white crystalline solid formed. The mother liquor was decanted and the solids were washed with hexane and dried to provide 4-(3- chlorophenyl)-2-ethyl-2-hydroxy-4-oxobutanoic acid as a white crystalline solid. MS m/z = 279 [M+Na]+. Calc'd for Ci2Hi3ClO4: 256.69.
Step 2: 6-(3-chlorophenvD-4-ethylpyridazin-3(2H)-one
A RBF was charged with 4-(3-chlorophenyl)-2-ethyl-2-hydroxy-4-oxobutanoic acid (2.78 g, 10.8 mmol), hydrazine (0.510 ml, 16.2 mmol) and 11 mL of «-BuOH. A Dean-Stark apparatus fitted with a reflux condenser was attached, and the mixture was heated under nitrogen at 130 0C for 15 h. Upon cooling a precipitate formed, which was filtered, washed with cold EtOH, and dried. 6-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-ethylpyridazin-3(2H)-one was isolated as a white solid. MS m/z = 235 [M+H]+. Calc'd for Ci2HnClN2O: 234.68. Step 3: 3-chloro-6-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-ethylpyridazine A RBF was charged with 6-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-ethylpyridazin-3(2H)-one (1.50 g, 6.4 mmol) and phosphorus oxychloride (6.0 ml, 64 mmol). Hunig's base (1.2 ml, 7.0 mmol) was added to the mixture dropwise (slightly exothermic). The flask was fitted with a reflux condenser and a nitrogen inlet and the mixture was heated at 110 0C for 3 h. Upon cooling the reaction mixture was poured onto ice. 6N NaOH was added dropwise until pH 9 while keeping the mixture cold by gradual addition of ice. The solids were filtered, washed with water and dried to provide 3-chloro-6-(3-chlorophenyl)-4-ethylpyridazine as a peach colored solid. MS m/z = 253 [M]+. Calc'd for C12H,OC12N2: 253.13.
Example 14
Figure imgf000057_0001
Synthesis of 4-(4-bromoisoquinolin-l-ylamino)phenol hydrochloride
A mixture of 4-aminophenol (225 mg, 2062 μmol) and 4-bromo-l-chloroisoquinoline (500 mg, 2062 μmol) was heated in sec-butanol (15 mL) in a sealed tube at 100 0C for 2 A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 57 -
hours. TFA (477 μl, 6186 μmol) was added and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 100 0C overnight. LCMS analysis showed conversion to 4-(4-bromoisoquinolin-l- ylamino)phenol hydrochloride. The dark red reaction mixture was cooled, and diethyl ether was added. The resulting precipitate was filtered and washed with diethyl ether, and the solid was dried in vacuo to provide 4-(4-bromoisoquinolin-l-ylamino)phenol hydrochloride as a purple solid.
Example 15
Figure imgf000058_0001
Synthesis of 4-(4-phenylisoquinolin-l-yIamino)phenol
To a solution of 4-(4-bromoisoquinolin-l-ylamino)phenol (578 mg, 1834 μmol), phenylboronic acid (335 mg, 2751 μmol), and tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (212 mg, 183 μmol) in toluene (10480 μl, 1834 μmol) and ethanol (2620 μl, 1834 μmol) was added sodium carbonate (6281 μl, 12563 μmol) in water (2M). The reaction mixture was heated to 100 0C overnight. The reaction progress was monitored by LCMS, which showed conversion to 4-(4-phenylisoquinolin-l-ylamino)phenol. The product was purified by silica gel chromatography (eluent: hexanes:EtOAc 0-50%) to yield 4-(4- phenylisoquinolin-l-ylamino)phenol.
Example 16
Figure imgf000058_0002
Synthesis of 3-chloro-4-isopropyl-6-phenylpy ridazine
A RBF was charged with 3-chloro-4-ethyl-6-phenylpyridazine (250 mg, 1.143 mmol) and 5.7 mL of THF, and the mixture was cooled to -78 0C under nitrogen. Lithium diisopropylamide, 2.0 M solution in heptane/tetrahydrofuran/ethylbenzene (0.686 mL, 1.372 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 5 min at -78 0C, followed by 1 h at room temperature. The mixture was cooled back down to -78 0C, and methyl iodide A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 58 -
(195 mg, 1.372 mmol) that had been passed through a plug of basic alumina prior to use was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred at this temperature for 5 min, followed by RT for 0.5 h. After quenching with water, the solution was diluted with CH2Cl2 and the layers were separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with additional CH2Cl2 and the combined organics were dried with MgSC^, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by silica gel chromatography (CH2Cl2 - 10% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to provide 3- chloro-4-isopropyl-6-phenylpyridazine as a colorless oil, which crystallized upon standing. MS m/z = 233 [M+H]+. Calc'd for C13Hi3ClN2: 232.71.
Examples 17-19
Figure imgf000059_0001
The chloro-pyrazolo-pyrimidine intermediate, for preparation of examples 17-19, was prepared by a procedure analogous to that described in Senga, K.; et al. J. Med. Chem. 1981, 24, 610-613.
Example 17 is the compound above wherein L1 = O and R is H.
Example 18 is the compound above wherein L1 = S and R is H.
Example 19 is the compound above wherein L1 = S and R is Cl.
The Examples disclosed in Table I below are additional representative examples, of the present invention. The Examples were made by the methods indicated in Table I, which generally correlate to Methods A, B, C, D, E and F of Schemes 1-6 and Examples 1-7 herein. The MS data is the M+H* ion value found for the example. Biological data is provided for those compounds exemplified in Table I. Blanks indicate that no data is available.
TABLE l
Figure imgf000059_0002
A- 1401 -WO-PCT -59-
Figure imgf000060_0001
A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 60 -
Figure imgf000061_0002
The invention further provides methods for making compounds of Formulas I-IV. For example, and in one embodiment, there is provided a method of making a compound of Formula 1, the method comprising the step of reacting compound of Formula A
Figure imgf000061_0001
with a compound of Formula B A-1401-WO-PCT - 61 -
Figure imgf000062_0001
B wherein A8 and R6"8 of the compound of formula A and A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, L1, R1, A3 and n and o of the compound of formula B are as defined herein, to make a compound of Formula I. This method may also be used to make a compound of Formulas II, III and FV.
While the examples described above provide processes for synthesizing compounds of Formulas I - FV, other methods may be utilized to prepare such compounds. In the procedures described herein, the steps may be performed in an alternate order and may be preceded, or followed, by additional protection/deprotection steps as necessary.
Methods involving the use of protecting groups may be used. Particularly, if one or more functional groups, for example carboxy, hydroxy, amino, or mercapto groups, are or need to be protected in preparing the compounds of the invention, because they are not intended to take part in a specific reaction or chemical transformation, various known conventional protecting groups may be used. For example, protecting groups typically utilized in the synthesis of natural and synthetic compounds, including peptides, nucleic acids, derivatives thereof and sugars, having multiple reactive centers, chiral centers and other sites potentially susceptible to the reaction reagents and/or conditions, may be used.
The protection of functional groups by protecting groups, the protecting groups themselves, and their removal reactions (commonly referred to as "deprotection") are described, for example, in standard reference works, such as J.F.W. McOmie, Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, Plenum Press, London and New York (1973), in T.W. Greene, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley, New York (1981), in The Peptides, Volume 3, E. Gross and J. Meienhofer editors, Academic Press, London and New York ( 1981 ), in Methoden der Organischen Chemie (Methods of Organic
Chemistry), Houben Weyl, 4th edition, Volume 15/1, Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart (1974), in H.-D. Jakubke and H. Jescheit, Aminosauren, Peptide, Proteine (Amino Acids, Peptides, Proteins), Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, Deerfield Beach, and Basel (1982), and in A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 62 -
Jochen Lehmann, Chemie der Kohlenhydrate: Monosaccharide und Derivate (Chemistry of Carbohydrates: Monosaccharides and Derivatives), Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart (1974).
The procedures may further use appropriate reaction conditions, including inert solvents, additional reagents, such as bases (e.g., LDA, DIEA, pyridine, K2CO3, and the like), catalysts, and salt forms of the above. The intermediates may be isolated or carried on in situ, with or without purification. Purification methods are known in the art and include, for example, crystallization, chromatography (liquid and gas phase, and the like), extraction, distillation, trituration, reverse phase HPLC and the like, many of which were utilized in the Examples above. Reactions conditions such as temperature, duration, pressure, and atmosphere (inert gas, ambient) are known in the art and may be adjusted as appropriate for the reaction.
All synthetic procedures described herein can be carried out either in the absence or in the presence (usually) of solvents or diluents. As appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art, the solvents should be inert with respect to, and should be able to dissolve, the starting materials and other reagents used. Solvents should be able to partially or wholly solubilize the reactants in the absence or presence of catalysts, condensing agents or neutralizing agents, for example ion exchangers, typically cation exchangers for example in the H+ form. The ability of the solvent to allow and/or influence the progress or rate of the reaction is generally dependant on the type and properties of the solvent(s), the reaction conditions including temperature, pressure, atmospheric conditions such as in an inert atmosphere under argon or nitrogen, and concentration, and of the reactants themselves.
Suitable solvents for conducting reactions to synthesize compounds of the invention include, without limitation, water; esters, including lower alkyl-lower alkanoates, e.g., EtOAc; ethers including aliphatic ethers, e.g., Et2O and ethylene glycol dimethylether or cyclic ethers, e.g., THF; liquid aromatic hydrocarbons, including benzene, toluene and xylene; alcohols, including MeOH, EtOH, 1-propanol, IPOH, n- and t-butanol; nitriles including CH3CN; halogenated hydrocarbons, including CH2Cl2, CHCl3 and CCU; acid amides including DMF; sulfoxides, including DMSO; bases, including heterocyclic nitrogen bases, e.g. pyridine; carboxylic acids, including lower alkanecarboxylic acids, e.g., AcOH; inorganic acids including HCl, HBr, HF, H2Sθ4 and the like; carboxylic acid anhydrides, including lower alkane acid anhydrides, e.g., acetic anhydride; cyclic, linear, or branched hydrocarbons, including cyclohexane, hexane, A-1401-WO-PCT - 63 -
pentane, isopentane and the like, and mixtures of these solvents, such as purely organic solvent combinations, or water-containing solvent combinations e.g., aqueous solutions. These solvents and solvent mixtures may also be used in "working-up" the reaction as well as in processing the reaction and/or isolating the reaction product(s), such as in chromatography.
The invention further includes salt forms of compounds of Formulas I, II, III and rv. Salts of a compound of the invention having a salt-forming group may be prepared in a conventional manner or manner known to persons skilled in the art. For example, acid addition salts of compounds of the invention may be obtained by treatment with an acid or with a suitable anion exchange reagent. A salt with two acid molecules (for example a dihalogenide) may also be converted into a salt with one acid molecule per compound (for example a monohalogenide); this may be done by heating to a melt, or for example by heating as a solid under a high vacuum at elevated temperature, for example from 50 °C to 170 0C, one molecule of the acid being expelled per molecule of the compound. Acid salts can usually be converted to free-base compounds, e.g. by treating the salt with suitable basic agents, for example with alkali metal carbonates, alkali metal hydrogen carbonates, or alkali metal hydroxides, typically potassium carbonate or sodium hydroxide. Suitable acid and base addition salts are further described in the Definition Section herein. The invention further encompasses pro-drugs of compounds of Formulas I, II, HI and rV. For example, a phosphate group may be a pro-drug derivative of an alcohol group or an amine group, or an ester may be a pro-drug of a carboxylic acid functional group. Phosphate groups may be incorporated into desired compounds of Formulas I, II, III and rV in order to improve upon in-vivo bioavailability and/or other pharmacokinetic or pharmacodynamic properties of the compound.
The invention further encompasses "intermediate" compounds, including structures produced from the synthetic procedures described, whether isolated or not, prior to obtaining the finally desired compound. Structures resulting from carrying out steps from a transient starting material, structures resulting from divergence from the described method(s) at any stage, and structures forming starting materials under the reaction conditions are all "intermediates" included in the invention. Further, structures produced by using starting materials in the form of a reactive derivative or salt, or produced by a compound obtainable by means of the process according to the invention A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 64 -
and structures resulting from processing the compounds of the invention in situ are also within the scope of the invention.
Starting materials of the invention, are either known, commercially available, or can be synthesized in analogy to or according to methods that are known in the art. Many starting materials may be prepared according to known processes and, in particular, can be prepared using processes described in the examples. In synthesizing starting materials, functional groups may be protected with suitable protecting groups when necessary. Protecting groups, their introduction and removal are described above.
Compounds of the present invention can possess, in general, one or more asymmetric carbon atoms and are thus capable of existing in the form of optical isomers as well as in the form of racemic or non-racemic mixtures thereof. The optical isomers can be obtained by resolution of the racemic mixtures according to conventional processes, e.g., by formation of diastereoisomeric salts, by treatment with an optically active acid or base. Examples of appropriate acids are tartaric, diacetyltartaric, dibenzoyltartaric, ditoluoyltartaric, and camphorsulfonic acid and then separation of the mixture of diastereo isomers by crystallization followed by liberation of the optically active bases from these salts. A different process for separation of optical isomers involves the use of a chiral chromatography column optimally chosen to maximize the separation of the enantiomers. Still another available method involves synthesis of covalent diastereoisomeric molecules by reacting compounds of the invention with chiral reagents, such as an optically pure acid in an activated form or an optically pure isocyanate. The synthesized diastereoisomers can be separated by conventional means such as chromatography, distillation, crystallization or sublimation, and then hydrolyzed to deliver the enantiomerically pure compound. The optically active compounds of the invention can likewise be obtained by using optically active starting materials. These isomers may be in the form of a free acid, a free base, an ester or a salt.
The compounds of this invention may also be represented in multiple tautomeric forms. The invention expressly includes all tautomeric forms of the compounds described herein. The compounds may also occur in cis- or trans- or E- or Z- double bond isomeric forms. All such isomeric forms of such compounds are expressly included in the present invention. All crystal forms of the compounds described herein are expressly included in the present invention. A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 65 -
Substituents on ring moieties (e.g., phenyl, thienyl, etc.) may be attached to specific atoms, whereby they are intended to be fixed to that atom, or they may be drawn unattached to a specific atom, whereby they are intended to be attached at any available atom that is not already substituted by an atom other than H (hydrogen). The present invention also includes isotopically-labelled compounds, which are identical to those recited herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 160, 170, 31P, 32P, 35S, 18F, and 36Cl.
Compounds of the present invention that contain the aforementioned isotopes and/or other isotopes of other atoms are within the scope of this invention. Certain isotopically-labelled compounds of the present invention, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3H and 14C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated, i.e., 3H, and carbon- 14, i.e., 14C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detection. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2H, can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and, hence, may be preferred in some circumstances. Isotopically labelled compounds of this invention can generally be prepared by substituting a readily available isotopically labelled reagent for a non-isotopically labelled reagent.
The synthetic chemistry transformations, as well as protecting group methodologies (protection and deprotection) described above and useful in synthesizing the inhibitor compounds described herein, are known in the art and include, for example, those such as described in R. Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers (1989); T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd edition, John Wiley and Sons (1999); L. Fieser and M. Fieser, Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons (1994); A. Katritzky and A. Pozharski, Handbook of Heterocyclic Chemistry, 2nd edition (2001); M. Bodanszky, A. Bodanszky, The Practice of Peptide Synthesis, Springer-Verlag, Berlin Heidelberg (1984); J. Seyden-Penne, Reductions by the Alumino- and Borohydrides in Organic A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 66 -
Synthesis, 2nd edition, Wiley-VCH, (1997); and L. Paquette, editor, Encyclopedia of Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons (1995).
BIOLOGICAL EVALUATION The compounds of the invention may be modified by appending appropriate functionalities to enhance selective biological properties. Such modifications are known in the art and include those which increase biological penetration into a given biological compartment (e.g., blood, lymphatic system, central nervous system), increase oral availability, increase solubility to allow administration by injection, alter metabolism and alter rate of excretion. By way of example, a compound of the invention may be modified to incorporate a hydrophobic group or "greasy" moiety in an attempt to enhance the passage of the compound through a hydrophobic membrane, such as a cell wall.
Although the pharmacological properties of the compounds of the invention (Formulas I - IV) vary with structural change, in general, activity possessed by compounds of Formulas I - IV may be demonstrated both in vitro as well as in vivo. The following exemplified pharmacological assays have been carried out with the compounds according to the invention. Briefly, representative compounds of the invention were found to inhibit the activity of Aurora kinase selectively or non-selectively. This activity demonstrates the utility of the compounds in the prophylaxis and treatment of cellular proliferative disorders, including cancer, as described herein.
Aurora Kinase HTRF Assays
AuroraA-TPX2 -Homogeneous Time Resolved Fluorescent (HTRF) Kinase Assay: The Aurora- A HTRF assay begins with Aurora-A in the presence of ATP phosphorylating the biotinylated peptide PLK. The reaction incubates for about 120 min. Detection reagents are added to quench the reaction. These agents stop the reaction by diluting out the enzyme and chelating the metals due to the presence of EDTA. After addition, the assay is incubated overnight to allow the detection reagents to equilibrate. The AuroraA HTRF assay comprises 1 μL of compound in 100% DMSO, 20 μL of ATP and biotinylated PLK, and 20 μL of AuroraA-TPX2 KD GST for a final volume of about 41 μL. The final concentration of PLK is about 1 μM. The final concentration of ATP is about 1 μM (Km(app) = 1 μM+/-0.1) and the final concentration of AuroraA is A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 67 -
about 5 nM. Buffer conditions are as follows: 6OmM HEPES pH 7.5, 25mM NaCl, 1OmM MgCl, 2mM DTT, 0.05% BSA.
The assay is quenched and stopped with 160 μL of detection reagent. Detection reagents are as follows: Buffer made of 5OmM Tris, pH 7.5, 10OmM NaCl, 3mM EDTA, 0.05% BSA, 0.1 % Tween20. Added to this buffer prior to reading is Steptavidin allophycocyanin (SA-APC) at a final cone in the assay of 0.0005 mg/mL, and europilated anti-phosphoPLK Ab (Eu-anti-PLK) at a final cone of 0.02 nM.
The assay plate is read in either a Discovery or a RubyStar. The eu-anti-PLK is excited at 320 nm and emits at 615 nm to excite the SA-APC which in turn emits at 655 nm. The ratio of SA-APC at 655 nm (excited due to close proximity to the Eu-anti- PLK because of phosphorylation of the peptide) to free Eu-anti-PLK at 615 nm will give substrate phosphorylation.
Many of the Examples described herein were tested, and found to be active compounds. Table I includes related biological data, which may be interpreted using the activity gauge below:
"+" represents an activity (IC50) of >2.5uM; "++" represents an activity (IC5o) in the range of 2.5uM - 500 nM; I-" represents an activity (IC50) in the range of 500 - 100 nM; and
I-" represents an activity (IC50) of less than 100 nM. Selected Examples 1-7 and 17-29 exhibited good potency in the Aurora kinase A HTRF assay.
AuroraB-Homogeneous Time Resolved Fluorescent (HTRF) Kinase Assay: The AuroraB HTRF assay begins with AuroraB in the presence of ATP phosphorylating the biotinylated peptide Histone H3. The reaction incubates for about 90 min. the reaction is quentched by addition of detection reagents, which stop the reaction by diluting out the enzyme and chelating the metals due to the presence of EDTA. After addition, the assay is incubated for about 60 min to allow detection reagents to equilibrate.
The AuroraB HTRF assay comprises 1 μL of compound in 100% DMSO, 20 μL of ATP and biotinylated Histone H3, and 20 μL of AuroraB FL His for a final volume of 41 μL. The final concentration of Histone H3 is 0.1 μM. The final concentration of ATP is 23 μM (Km(app) = 23 μM+/-2.6) and the final concentration of AuroraB is 400 pM. A-1401-WO-PCT - 68 -
Buffer conditions are as follows: 5OmM HEPES pH 7.5, 5mM NaCl, 0.5mM MgCl, 0.5mM MnCl, 2mM DTT, 0.05% BSA.
The assay is quenched and stopped with 160 μL of detection reagent. Detection reagents are as follows: Buffer made of 5OmM Tris, pH 7.5, 10OmM NaCl, 3mM EDTA, 0.05% BSA, 0.1 % Tween20. Added to this buffer prior to reading is Steptavidin allophycocyanin (SA-APC) at a final cone in the assay of 0.001 mg/mL, and europilated anti-phosphoHistoneH3 Ab (Eu-anti-HisH3) at a final cone of 0.064 nM.
The assay plate is read in either a Discovery or a RubyStar. The eu-anti-HisH3 is excited at 320 nm and emits at 615 nm to excite the SA-APC which in turn emits at 655 nm. The ratio of SA-APC at 655 nm (excited due to close proximity to the Eu-anti- HisH3 because of phosphorylation of the peptide) to free Eu-anti-HisH3 at 615 nm will give substrate phosphorylation.
Many of the Examples described herein were tested, and found to be active compounds. Table I includes related biological data, which may be interpreted using the activity gauge below:
"+" represents an activity (IC50) of >2.5uM; "++" represents an activity (IC50) in the range of 2.5uM - 500 nM; t-" represents an activity (IC50) in the range of 500 - 100 nM; and represents an activity (IC50) of less than 100 nM. Selected Examples 1-7 and 17-29 exhibited good potency in the Aurora kinase B HTRF assay.
Aurora Kinase Cell-based Assay
HeLa cell 24hr ploidv assay protocol The purpose of this assay is to evaluate the ability of selected individual compounds to induce Deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) content (ploidy) in cells thought failed cell division. Cell cycle analysis is a rapid and efficient way to evaluate the status of DNA content (ploidy) of a given cell. HeLa cells (IxIO4 HeLa cells/well) in lOOul of media (MEM+10%FBS) were plated in 96-well plates (Packard View) and cultured for 24 hrs at 370C maintained in a 5% CO2 atmosphere. The following day, cells were treated for 24 hrs with inhibitor compounds (10 pt. Dose ranging from 0.0024 - 1.25 umol/L). The compounds were serially diluted in DMSO (0.25% final concentration). The cells were fixed (3.7% Formaldehyde and 1% glutaraldehyde) and permeabilized (Ix PBS with 1% BSA an dθ.2% Triton X-100) in preparation for nuclear staining. The well plates were A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 69 -
stained for 45 minutes at RT in the dark using Hoechest 33342 nuclear stain at 0.5 ug.ml (Stock of lOmg/ml, Invitrogen, CA, Cat # H3570). The nuclear stain was removed by aspiration and the cells were washed with wash buffer. A Cellomics Array Scan Vti plate reader was used to acquire the DNA ploidy data of the cells using Cell Cycle bioapplication. Numbers for each of "valid cell count/well", "% of 4N cells" and "% of >4Ncells" were calculated with the assistance of an Activity Base 5. lea software and dose curves were generated using an XLFit software. With XLFit, final EC50 IP and EC5O transit values, as well as the Max and Min, were calculated for each curve. Many of the Examples described herein were tested, and fund to be active compounds. Table I includes related biological data in the 24h cell-ploidy content assay, which may be interpreted using the activity gauge below: "+" represents an activity (IC5o) of >2.5uM; "++" represents an activity (IC5o) in the range of 2.5uM - 500 nM; "+++" represents an activity (IC5o) in the range of 500 - 100 nM; and "++++" represents an activity (IC50) of less than 100 nM.
Selected Examples 1-7 and 17-29 exhibited good potency in this cell-based assay.
INDICATIONS
The compounds of the invention have Aurora kinase modulatory activity in general, and inhibitory activity in particular. In one embodiment of the invention, there is provided a method of modulating Aurora kinase enzyme in a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective dosage amount of a compound of Formulas I - FV. As such, the compounds of the invention may be used to treat cellular proliferation disorders, including uncontrolled cell growth and aberrant cell cycle regulation. The compounds are also useful for treating disorders related to hyper- proliferation of cells in normal tissue, including without limitation, non-tumor bearing and metastatic tissue. For example, one use may be to protect normal hair follicles from chemotherapy induced alopecia.
In addition, compounds of the invention are useful for, but not limited to, the prevention or treatment of cancer and other Aurora kinase-mediated diseases or disorders. For example, compounds of the invention would be useful for the treatment of various solid and hematologically derived tumors, such as carcinomas, including, without limitation, cancer of the bladder, breast, colon, kidney, liver, lung (including small cell lung cancer), esophagus, gall-bladder, ovary, pancreas, stomach, cervix, thyroid, prostate, A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 70 -
and skin (including squamous cell carcinoma); hematopoietic tumors of lymphoid lineage (including leukemia, acute lymphocitic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell-lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma and Burkett's lymphoma); hematopoietic tumors of myeloid lineage (including acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias, myelodysplastic syndrome and promyelocytic leukemia); tumors of mesenchymal origin (including fibrosarcoma and rhabdomyosarcoma, and other sarcomas, e.g. soft tissue and bone); tumors of the central and peripheral nervous system (including astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma and schwannomas); and other tumors (including melanoma, seminoma, teratocarcinoma, osteosarcoma, xenoderoma pigmentosum, keratoctanthoma, thyroid follicular cancer and Kaposi's sarcoma).
The compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of cancer related indications such as solid tumors, sarcomas (especially Ewing's sarcoma and osteosarcoma), retinoblastoma, rhabdomyosarcomas, neuroblastoma, hematopoietic malignancies, including leukemia and lymphoma, tumor- induced pleural or pericardial effusions, and malignant ascites.
The compound of the invention may also be used to treat chemotherapy-induced thrombocytopenia, since the compounds may increase platelet count be increasing the rate of megakaryocyte maturation. The compounds would also be useful for treatment of ophthalmological conditions such as corneal graft rejection, ocular neovascularization, retinal neovascularization including neovascularization following injury or infection, diabetic retinopathy, retrolental fibroplasia and neovascular glaucoma; retinal ischemia; vitreous hemorrhage; ulcerative diseases such as gastric ulcer; pathological, but non-malignant, conditions such as hemangiomas, including infantile hemaginomas, angiofibroma of the nasopharynx and avascular necrosis of bone; and disorders of the female reproductive system such as endometriosis. The compounds are also useful for the treatment of edema, and conditions of vascular hyperpermeability.
The compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of conditions wherein undesired angiogenesis, edema, or stromal deposition occurs in viral infections such as Herpes simplex, Herpes Zoster, AIDS, Kaposi's sarcoma, protozoan infections and toxoplasmosis, following trauma, radiation, stroke, endometriosis, ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, systemic lupus, sarcoidosis, synovitis, Crohn's disease, sickle cell anemia, Lyme disease, pemphigoid, Paget's disease, hyperviscosity syndrome, Osier- A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 71 -
Weber-Rendu disease, chronic inflammation, chronic occlusive pulmonary disease, asthma, and inflammatory rheumatoid or rheumatic disease. The compounds are also useful in the reduction of sub-cutaneous fat and for the treatment of obesity. The compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of ocular conditions such as ocular and macular edema, ocular neovascular disease, scleritis, radial keratotomy, uveitis, vitritis, myopia, optic pits, chronic retinal detachment, post-laser complications, glaucoma, conjunctivitis, Stargardt's disease and Eales disease in addition to retinopathy and macular degeneration.
The compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of cardiovascular conditions such as atherosclerosis, restenosis, arteriosclerosis, vascular occlusion and carotid obstructive disease.
Based on the ability to modulate kinases impacting angiogenesis, the compounds of the invention are also useful in treatment and therapy of proliferative diseases. Particularly, these compounds can be used for the treatment of an inflammatory rheumatoid or rheumatic disease, especially of manifestations at the locomotor apparatus, such as various inflammatory rheumatoid diseases, especially chronic polyarthritis including rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile arthritis or psoriasis arthropathy; paraneoplastic syndrome or tumor-induced inflammatory diseases, turbid effusions, collagenosis, such as systemic Lupus erythematosus, poly-myositis, dermato-myositis, systemic sclerodermia or mixed collagenosis; postinfectious arthritis (where no living pathogenic organism can be found at or in the affected part of the body), seronegative spondylarthritis, such as spondylitis ankylosans; vasculitis, sarcoidosis, or arthrosis; or further any combinations thereof.
The compounds of the invention can also be used as active agents against solid tumors including, without limitation, a breast tumor, a lung tumor, a colon tumor, a pancreatic tumor, a brain tumor, an ovarian tumor, a gall bladder tumor, an esophaogeal tumor, a cervical tumor, a stomach tumor, a prostate tumor, a thyroid tumor or a combination thereof; malignant ascites; hematopoietic cancers and hyperproliferative disorders such as thyroid hyperplasia (especially Grave's disease); and cysts (such as hypervascularity of ovarian stroma, characteristic of polycystic ovarian syndrome (Stein- Leventhal syndrome)) since such diseases require a proliferation of blood vessel cells for growth and/or metastasis.
The compounds of the invention can also be used as active agents against burns, chronic lung disease, stroke, polyps, anaphylaxis, chronic and allergic inflammation, A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 72 -
ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, brain tumor-associated cerebral edema, high-altitude, trauma or hypoxia induced cerebral or pulmonary edema, ocular and macular edema, ascites, and other diseases where vascular hyperpermeability, effusions, exudates, protein extravasation, or edema is a manifestation of the disease. The compounds will also be useful in treating disorders in which protein extravasation leads to the deposition of fibrin and extracellular matrix, promoting stromal proliferation (e.g. fibrosis, cirrhosis and carpal tunnel syndrome).
Besides being useful for human treatment, these compounds are useful for veterinary treatment of companion animals, exotic animals and farm animals, including mammals, rodents, and the like. For example, animals including horses, dogs, and cats may be treated with compounds provided by the invention.
FORMULATIONS
Also embraced within this invention is a class of pharmaceutical compositions, also referred to as medicaments, comprising the active compounds of Formulas I - III in association with one or more non-toxic, pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers and/or diluents and/or adjuvants (collectively referred to herein as "carrier" materials) and, if desired, other active ingredients. The pharmaceutically active compounds of this invention can be processed in accordance with conventional methods of pharmacy to produce medicinal agents for administration to patients, including humans and other mammals.
The compounds of the present invention may be administered to a subject by any suitable route, preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition, adapted to such a route, and in a dose effective for the treatment intended. The compounds and compositions of the present invention may, for example, be administered orally, mucosally, topically, rectally, pulmonarily such as by inhalation spray, or parentally including intravascularly, intravenously, intraperitoneally, subcutaneously, intramuscularly intrasternally and infusion techniques, in dosage unit formulations containing conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants, and vehicles. For oral administration, the pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of, for example, a tablet, capsule, suspension or liquid. The pharmaceutical composition is preferably made in the form of a dosage unit containing a particular amount of the active ingredient. Examples of such dosage units are tablets or capsules. For example, these may contain an amount of active ingredient from about 1 to 2000 mg, and typically from A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 73 -
about 1 to 500 mg. A suitable daily dose for a human or other mammal may vary widely depending on the condition of the patient and other factors, but, once again, can be determined using routine methods and practices.
The amount of compounds which are administered and the dosage regimen for treating a disease condition with the compounds and/or compositions of this invention depends on a variety of factors, including the age, weight, sex and medical condition of the subject, the type of disease, the severity of the disease, the route and frequency of administration, and the particular compound employed. Thus, the dosage regimen may vary widely, but can be determined routinely using standard methods. A daily dose of about 0.01 to 500 mg/kg, advantageously between about 0.01 and about 50 mg/kg, and more advantageously about 0.01 and about 30 mg/kg body weight may be appropriate. The daily dose can be administered in one to four doses per day.
For therapeutic purposes, the active compounds of this invention are ordinarily combined with one or more adjuvants or "excipients" appropriate to the indicated route of administration. If administered on a per dose basis, the compounds may be admixed with lactose, sucrose, starch powder, cellulose esters of alkanoic acids, cellulose alkyl esters, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulfuric acids, gelatin, acacia gum, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, to form the final formulation. For example, the active compound(s) and excipient(s) may be tableted or encapsulated by known and accepted methods for convenient administration. Examples of suitable formulations include, without limitation, pills, tablets, soft and hard-shell gel capsules, troches, orally-dissolvable forms and delayed or controlled-release formulations thereof. Particularly, capsule or tablet formulations may contain one or more controlled-release agents, such as hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, as a dispersion with the active compound(s).
In the case of melanoma and other skin conditions, it may be preferable to apply a topical preparation of compounds of this invention to the affected area two to four times a day. Formulations suitable for topical administration include liquid or semi-liquid preparations suitable for penetration through the skin (e.g., liniments, lotions, ointments, creams, pastes, suspensions and the like) and drops suitable for administration to the eye, ear, or nose. A suitable topical dose of active ingredient of a compound of the invention is 0.1 mg to 150 mg administered one to four, preferably one or two times daily. For A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 74 -
topical administration, the active ingredient may comprise from 0.001% to 10% w/w, e.g., from 1% to 2% by weight of the formulation, although it may comprise as much as 10% w/w, but preferably not more than 5% w/w, and more preferably from 0.1% to 1% of the formulation. When formulated in an ointment, the active ingredients may be employed with either paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in-water cream base. If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example at least 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol such as propylene glycol, butane-l,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol, polyethylene glycol and mixtures thereof. The topical formulation may desirably include a compound, which enhances absorption or penetration of the active ingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include DMSO and related analogs.
The compounds of this invention can also be administered by transdermal device. Preferably transdermal administration will be accomplished using a patch either of the reservoir and porous membrane type or of a solid matrix variety. In either case, the active agent is delivered continuously from the reservoir or microcapsules through a membrane into the active agent permeable adhesive, which is in contact with the skin or mucosa of the recipient. If the active agent is absorbed through the skin, a controlled and predetermined flow of the active agent is administered to the recipient. In the case of microcapsules, the encapsulating agent may also function as the membrane.
The oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner. While the phase may comprise merely an emulsifier, it may comprise a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat. Together, the emulsifier(s) with or without stabilizer(s) make-up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base, which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations. Emulsifiers and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the present invention include, for example, Tween 60, Span 80, cetostearyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl monostearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, glyceryl distearate alone or with a wax, or other materials well known in the art. A-1401-WO-PCT - 75 -
The choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties, since the solubility of the active compound in most oils likely to be used in pharmaceutical emulsion formulations is very low. Thus, the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers. Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters may be used. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils can be used.
Formulations suitable for topical administration to the eye also include eye drops wherein the active ingredients are dissolved or suspended in suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredients. The active ingredients are preferably present in such formulations in a concentration of 0.5 to 20%, advantageously 0.5 to 10% and particularly about 1.5% w/w.
Formulations for parenteral administration may be in the form of aqueous or nonaqueous isotonic sterile injection solutions or suspensions. These solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders or granules using one or more of the carriers or diluents mentioned for use in the formulations for oral administration or by using other suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The compounds may be dissolved in water, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethanol, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, benzyl alcohol, sodium chloride, tragacanth gum, and/or various buffers. Other adjuvants and modes of administration are well and widely known in the pharmaceutical art. The active ingredient may also be administered by injection as a composition with suitable carriers including saline, dextrose, or water, or with cyclodextrin (ie. Captisol), cosolvent solubilization (ie. propylene glycol) or micellar solubilization (ie. Tween 80).
The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed, including synthetic A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 76 -
mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
For pulmonary administration, the pharmaceutical composition may be administered in the form of an aerosol or with an inhaler including dry powder aerosol. Suppositories for rectal administration of the drug can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipient such as cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols that are solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum and release the drug.
The pharmaceutical compositions may be subjected to conventional pharmaceutical operations such as sterilization and/or may contain conventional adjuvants, such as preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifϊers, buffers etc. Tablets and pills can additionally be prepared with enteric coatings. Such compositions may also comprise adjuvants, such as wetting, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents. COMBmATIONS
While the compounds of the invention can be dosed or administered as the sole active pharmaceutical agent, they can also be used in combination with one or more compounds of the invention or in conjunction with other agents. When administered as a combination, the therapeutic agents can be formulated as separate compositions that are administered simultaneously or sequentially at different times, or the therapeutic agents can be given as a single composition.
The phrase "co-therapy" (or "combination-therapy"), in defining use of a compound of the present invention and another pharmaceutical agent, is intended to embrace administration of each agent in a sequential manner in a regimen that will provide beneficial effects of the drug combination, and is intended as well to embrace coadministration of these agents in a substantially simultaneous manner, such as in a single capsule having a fixed ratio of these active agents or in multiple, separate capsules for each agent.
Specifically, the administration of compounds of the present invention may be in conjunction with additional therapies known to those skilled in the art in the prevention or treatment of cancer, such as with radiation therapy or with neoplastic or cytotoxic agents.
If formulated as a fixed dose, such combination products employ the compounds of this invention within the accepted dosage ranges. Compounds of Formulas I-III may also be administered sequentially with known anticancer or cytotoxic agents when a A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 77 -
combination formulation is inappropriate. The invention is not limited in the sequence of administration; compounds of the invention may be administered either prior to, simultaneous with or after administration of the known anticancer or cytotoxic agent.
There are large numbers of antineoplastic agents available in commercial use, in clinical evaluation and in pre-clinical development, which would be selected for treatment of neoplasia by combination drug chemotherapy. Such antineoplastic agents fall into several major categories, namely, antibiotic-type agents, alkylating agents, antimetabolite agents, hormonal agents, immunological agents, interferon-type agents and a category of miscellaneous agents. Alternatively, the compounds of the invention may also be used in co-therapies with other anti-neoplastic agents, such as other kinase inhibitors including angiogenic agents such as VEGFR inhibitors, p38 inhibitors and CDK inhibitors, TNF inhibitors, metallomatrix proteases inhibitors (MMP), COX-2 inhibitors including celecoxib, rofecoxib, parecoxib, valdecoxib, and etoricoxib, NSAID's, SOD mimics or θvβ3 inhibitors.
The foregoing is merely illustrative of the invention and is not intended to limit the invention to the disclosed compounds. Variations and changes, which are obvious to one skilled in the art, are intended to be within the scope and nature of the invention, which are defined in the appended claims. All mentioned references, patents, applications and publications, are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety, as if here written.

Claims

A- 1401 -WO-PCT - 78 -What is claimed is:
1. A compound of Formula I:
Figure imgf000079_0001
or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
A1 is N or CR2;
D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein one of A2 and A3, independently, is N and the other of A2 and A3 is C, and each of A4 and A5, independently, is N or CR1, provided that both of A4 and A5, independently, are not N; each of L1 and L2, independently, is -O-, -NR4-, -S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -SO2- or - CR4R4-, wherein each R4, independently, is H, halo, OH,
Figure imgf000079_0002
CN or Ci_6alkyl; each of A7 and A8, independently, is N or CR5, provided at least one of A7 and A8 is N; each R1, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-10-cycloalkenyl, Ci.jo-alkylamino-, C1-10-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, C1-]0-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, - NR9R9, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2_i0-alkenyl, C2.i0-alkynyl, C3. lo-cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000079_0003
Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci- A- 1401 -NP-PCT - 79 -
io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R9;
R2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, CMo-alkyl, C2-I0- alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3-io-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci-I0- dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Cμio-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, d.io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-10-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-K)-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9;
R5 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci.]0-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4.10-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-I0- dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; each of R6, R7 and R8, independently, is R9; alternatively, either of R6 or R8, independently, taken together with R7 and the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9; each R9, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Cj.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, SR10, OR10, NR4R10, C(O)R10, COOR10, C(O)NR4R10, NR4C(O)R10, NR4C(O)NR4R10, NR4 (COOR10), S(O)2R10, S(O)2NR4R10, NR4S(O)2R10, NR4S(O)2NR4R10 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.iO-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, Q-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-]0-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C1-6alkyl,
Figure imgf000080_0001
C3- ficycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl;
R10 is H, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, Cs.io-cycloalkyl, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Cμio-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally A- 1401 -NP-PCT - 80 -
including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3. lo-cycloalkyl, C4.|0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci. 10-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C1-6alkyl, Ci. 6alkoxyl, C3^cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; n is O, 1 or 2; and o is 0, 1 or 2, provided the compound is not 4-phenyl-N-(4-(pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-yl- oxy)phenyl)phthalazin-l -amine.
2. The compound of Claim 1, wherein fused ring D' is
Figure imgf000081_0002
wherein R1 and n are as defined in claim 1 ; each of A7 and A8, independently, is N; L1 is -O-, -S- or -NR4-; and L2 is -NR4- wherein each R4, independently, is as defined in claim 1.
3. The compound of Claim 1 , wherein
R6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io- alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-I0- alkoxyl, C].io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, A-1401-NP-PCT - 81 -
OH, oxo, Ci-6alkyl, d-βalkoxyl, C3^cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and
R7 and R8, taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9.
4. The compound of Claim 1, wherein A1 is N or CR2; L1 is -0-, -S- or -NR4-;
L2 is -NR4-; and
R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, moφholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000082_0001
C]-6alkoxyl, C3-6CyClOaIlCyI, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and
R7 and R8, taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9.
5. The compound of claim 1 having a Formula II: A- 1401 -NP-PCT - 82 -
Figure imgf000083_0001
π or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein when A1 is N then D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A2 is C, A3 is N and each of A4 and A5, independently, is CR1 or when A1 is CR2, then D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A2 is N, A3 is C, A4 is N and A5 is CR1;
L1 is -O-, -S-, or -NR4-; each R1, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2.io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, Cs-io-cycloalkyl, C4-10-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, CMo-dialkylamino-, Cμio-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, - NR9R9, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1 -3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2.io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3- lo-cycloalkyl, C4.i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.jo-dialkylamino-, Ci.10-alkoxyl, Ci. lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R9;
R2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, C^-alkyl, C2-6- alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000083_0002
Ci-6-dialkylamino-, C1-6-alkoxyl, Ci-e-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci.io-alkyl, C2.i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3.i0-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, A- 1401 -NP-PCT - 83 -
Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci-io-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; R4 is H or Ci-βalkyl;
R6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2.io- alkynyl,
Figure imgf000084_0001
C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, C1-10-dialkylamino-, CM0- alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, Ci-βalkyl, Ci-6alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; each of R7 and R8, independently, is R9; alternatively, R7 and R8, independently, taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6- membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9; each R9, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C^o-cycloalkyl, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci-10-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, SR10, OR10, NR4R10, C(O)R10, COOR10, C(O)NR4R10, NR4C(O)R10, NR4C(O)NR4R10, NR4 (COOR10), S(O)2R10, S(O)2NR4R10, NR4S(O)2R10, NR4S(O)2NR4R10 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl,
Figure imgf000084_0002
C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents ofR10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, C]-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxyl, C3. 6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; R10 is H, acetyl, Ci.iO-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3-i0-cycloalkyl, C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.10-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Cj.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms A- 1401 -NP-PCT - 84 -
selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-)o-alkynyl, C3- lo-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.10-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, C1. lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000085_0001
Ci- 6alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; n is O, 1, 2 or 3; and o is O, 1 or 2.
6. The compound of Claim 5 wherein A1 is N and D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A2 is C, A3 is N and each of A4 and A5, independently, is CR1;
R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000085_0002
Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and
R7 and R8, taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9.
7. The compound of Claim 5 wherein
A1 is CR2 and D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A2 is N, A3 is C, A4 is N and A5 is CR1; A- 1401 -NP-PCT - 85 -
R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, Ci.6alkyl, Ci-6alkoxyl, C3-6CyClOaIlCyI, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; and
R7 and R8, taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, and the ring optionally substituted independently with 1-4 substituents of R9.
8. The compound of claim 1, having a Formula III:
Figure imgf000086_0001
III or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
A1 is N or CR2;
D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein one of A2 and A3, independently, is N and the othe ;rr ooff AA22 aanndd AA33 iiss CC,, aanndd eeaacchh ooff AA44 aanndd AA5, independently, is N or CR1, provided that both of A4 and A5, independently, are not N; A- 1401 -NP-PCT - 86 -
L1 is -O-, -NR4-, -S-, -C(O)-, -S(O)-, -SO2- Or -CR4R4-; each R1, independently, is halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-10-alkynyl, C3-i0-cycloalkyl, C4-10-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, C]-10-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl, -SR9, -OR9, - NR9R9, -C(O)R9, -COOR9, -OC(O)R9, -C(O)C(O)R9, -C(O)NR9R9, -NR9C(O)R9, - NR9C(O)NR9R9, -NR9(COOR9), -OC(O)NR9R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2R9, -S(O)2NR9R9, - NR9S(O)2NR9R9, -NR9S(O)2R9 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic, 6-12 membered bicyclic, or 7-14 membered tricyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the C1-10-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3. lo-cycloalkyl, C4-10-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, C1- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of R9; R2 is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, C,-6-alkyl, C2-6- alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C1-6-alkylamino-, C1-6-dialkylamino-, C1-6-alkoxyl, Ci-6-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9; each R3, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, Ci-io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3.10-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-10-dialkylamino-, C1-10-alkoxyl, C1-10-thioalkoxyl or -C(O)R9;
R4 is H or C1-6alkyl;
R6 is a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2-io-alkenyl, C2-10- alkynyl, Q.io-cycloalkyl, C4-10-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, C]-I0- alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, Ci-6alkyl, Ci-6alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; each R9, independently, is H, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, oxo, CN, OH, SH, NO2, NH2, acetyl, CMo-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-i0-alkynyl, C3.i0-cycloalkyl, C4-10- cycloalkenyl, Cno-alkylamino-, C1-10-dialkylamino-, Ci-10-alkoxyl, C1-10-thioalkoxyl, SR10, OR10, NR4R10, C(O)R10, COOR10, C(O)NR4R10, NR4C(O)R10, NR4C(O)NR4R10, A-1401-NP-PCT - 87 -
NR4 (COOR10), S(O)2R10, S(O)2NR4R10, NR4S(O)2R10, NR4S(O)2NR4R10 or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2.io-alkenyl, C2.i0-alkynyl, C3-i0-cycloalkyl, C4-io-cycloalkenyl, Ci-io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci-io-alkoxyl, Q-io-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000088_0001
C^alkoxyl, C3- 6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci-io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; R10 is H, acetyl, Ci.io-alkyl, C2-i0-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl,
Figure imgf000088_0002
C4-I0- cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, C^o-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci.io-thioalkoxyl or a fully saturated or partially or fully unsaturated 3-8 membered monocyclic or 6-12 membered bicyclic ring system, said ring system formed of carbon atoms optionally including 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic or 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S, wherein each of the Ci.io-alkyl, C2.io-alkenyl, C2-io-alkynyl, C3- 10-cycloalkyl, C4-i0-cycloalkenyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, Ci.io-alkoxyl, Ci- lo-thioalkoxyl and ring of said ring system is optionally substituted independently with 1- 5 substituents of halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000088_0003
Ci- 6alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl; n is O, 1, 2 or 3; o is O, 1 or 2; and p is O, 1 or 2..
9. The compound of claim 8 wherein A1 is N and D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A2 is C, A3 is N and each of A4 and A5, independently, is CR1; and
R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, moφholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, A-1401-NP-PCT - 88 -
1,3-benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo,
Figure imgf000089_0001
d.6alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, Ci.io-alkylamino-, Ci.io-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl.
10. The compound of claim 8 wherein A1 is CR2 and D' is a fused heteroaryl ring wherein A2 is N, A3 is C, A4 is N and A5 is CR1; and
R6 is phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyazinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, dihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, isoquinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, thiophenyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, thieno-pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo-pyridinyl, purinyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolinyl, isoxazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyranyl, dioxozinyl, 2,3-dihydro-l,4-benzoxazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, hexahydropyrrolo[l,2-a]pyrazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, azetidinyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or pyranyl, each of which is optionally substituted independently with 1-5 substituents of R10, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkoxyl, CN, NO2, NH2, OH, oxo, Ci-6alkyl, Ci-6alkoxyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, Cj-io-alkylamino-, Ci-10-dialkylamino-, benzyl or phenyl;
11. The compound of Claim 1, or a stereoisomer or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, selected from,
4-(5-chloro-2-pyridinyl)-N-(4-(pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ylthio)phenyl)-l- phthalazinamine;
4-(5-methyl-2-pyridinyl)-N-(4-(pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-ylthio)phenyl)-l- phthalazinamine; 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-((2-cyclopropylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7- yl)thio)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
N-(4-((2-cyclopropylpyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidin-7-yl)thio)phenyl)-4-phenyl- 1 - phthalazinamine; A- 1401 -NP-PCT - 89 -
N-(4-((2-cyclopropylpyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-yl)thio)phenyl)-4-(4-methyl-2- thienyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(pyrrolo[ 1 ,2-b]pyridazin-4-yloxy)phenyl)- 1 - phthalazinamine; 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(pyrrolo[2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-yloxy)phenyl)- 1 - phthalazinamine;
4-(4-methyl-2-thienyl)-N-(4-(pyrrolo[2,l-f][l,2,4]triazin-4-yloxy)phenyl)-l- phthalazinamine;
4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-(pyrrolo[2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-ylthio)phenyl)- 1 - phthalazinamine;
4-(4-methyl-2-thienyl)-N-(4-(pyrrolo[2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-ylthio)phenyl)- 1 - phthalazinamine;
4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-((2-(2-propen-l-yloxy)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7- yl)sulfanyl)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine; N-(4-((2-((2-(methyloxy)ethyl)oxy)pyrazolo[ 1 ,5-a]pyrimidin-7-yl)thio)phenyl)-4- phenyl- 1 -phthalazinamine;
N-(4-((2-((2-(methyloxy)ethyl)oxy)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin-7-yl)thio)phenyl)-4- (4-methyl-2-thienyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-((2-((2-(methyloxy)ethyl)oxy)pyrazolo[l,5-a]pyrimidin- 7-yl)thio)phenyl)- 1 -phthalazinamine;
7-((4-((4-(4-chlorophenyl)- 1 -phthalazinyl)amino)phenyl)thio)pyrazolo[ 1,5- a]pyrimidin-2-ol;
N-(4-((5-chloropyrrolo[2, 1 -f] [ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-yl)thio)phenyl)-4-phenyl- 1 - phthalazinamine; and 4-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-((5-chloropyrrolo[2, 1 -f][ 1 ,2,4]triazin-4-yl)thio)phenyl)-
1 -phthalazinamine.
12. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and an effective dosage amount of the compound according to any of Claims 1- 11.
13. Compound according to any of claims 1-1 1 for use in the treatment of cancer. A-1401-NP-PCT - 90 -
14. Compound according to any of claims 1-11 for use in the treatment of a tumor selected from a breast tumor, a lung tumor, a colon tumor, a pancreatic tumor, a brain tumor, an ovarian tumor, a gall bladder tumor, an esophaogeal tumor, a cervical tumor, a stomach tumor, a prostate tumor, a thyroid tumor or a combination thereof.
15. Compound according to any of claims 1-11 for use in the treatment of a cancer disorder selected from (a) a solid or hematologically derived tumor selected from cancer of the bladder, breast, colon, kidney, liver, lung small cell lung cancer, esophagus, gallbladder, ovary, pancreas, stomach, cervix, thyroid, prostate and skin, (b) a hematopoietic tumor of lymphoid lineage selected from leukemia, acute lymphocitic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell-lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non- Hodgkin's lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma and Burkett's lymphoma, (c) a hematopoietic tumor of myeloid lineage selected from acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias, myelodysplastic syndrome and promyelocytic leukemia (d) a tumor of mesenchymal origin selected from fibrosarcoma and rhabdomyosarcoma, (e) a tumor of the central and peripheral nervous system selected from astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma and schwannoma, and (f) a melanoma, seminoma, teratocarcinoma, osteosarcoma, xenoderoma pigmentosum, keratoctanthoma, thyroid follicular cancer or Kaposi's sarcoma.
16. Use of a compound according to any of claims 1-11 for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a cancer disorder selected from (a) a solid or hematologically derived tumor selected from cancer of the bladder, breast, colon, kidney, liver, lung small cell lung cancer, esophagus, gall-bladder, ovary, pancreas, stomach, cervix, thyroid, prostate and skin, (b) a hematopoietic tumor of lymphoid lineage selected from leukemia, acute lymphocitic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell-lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, hairy cell lymphoma and Burkett's lymphoma, (c) a hematopoietic tumor of myeloid lineage selected from acute and chronic myelogenous leukemias, myelodysplastic syndrome and promyelocytic leukemia (d) a tumor of mesenchymal origin selected from fibrosarcoma and rhabdomyosarcoma, (e) a tumor of the central and peripheral nervous system selected from astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma and schwannoma, and (f) a melanoma, seminoma, teratocarcinoma, osteosarcoma, xenoderoma pigmentosum, keratoctanthoma, thyroid follicular cancer or Kaposi's sarcoma. A- 1401 -NP-PCT - 91 -
17. A method of making a compound of claim 1 , the method comprising the step of reacting compound of Formula A
Figure imgf000092_0001
with a compound of Formula B
Figure imgf000092_0002
B wherein A8 and R6'8 of the compound of formula A and A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, L1, R1, A3 and n and o of the compound of formula B are as defined in claim 1, to make a compound of Formula I.
PCT/US2009/001785 2008-03-20 2009-03-19 Aurora kinase modulators and method of use WO2009117157A1 (en)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA2716856A CA2716856C (en) 2008-03-20 2009-03-19 Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
EP09723292.0A EP2288611B1 (en) 2008-03-20 2009-03-19 Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
ES09723292T ES2413806T3 (en) 2008-03-20 2009-03-19 Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
AU2009226024A AU2009226024B2 (en) 2008-03-20 2009-03-19 Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
JP2011500814A JP2011515401A (en) 2008-03-20 2009-03-19 Aurora kinase modulator and methods of use
US12/933,400 US8404694B2 (en) 2008-03-20 2009-03-19 Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
MX2010010151A MX2010010151A (en) 2008-03-20 2009-03-19 Aurora kinase modulators and method of use.
US13/757,438 US20130165445A1 (en) 2008-03-20 2013-02-01 Aurora Kinase Modulators and Method of Use

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US7033308P 2008-03-20 2008-03-20
US61/070,333 2008-03-20

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/757,438 Division US20130165445A1 (en) 2008-03-20 2013-02-01 Aurora Kinase Modulators and Method of Use

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2009117157A1 true WO2009117157A1 (en) 2009-09-24

Family

ID=40790547

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2009/001785 WO2009117157A1 (en) 2008-03-20 2009-03-19 Aurora kinase modulators and method of use

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (2) US8404694B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2288611B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2011515401A (en)
AU (1) AU2009226024B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2716856C (en)
ES (1) ES2413806T3 (en)
MX (1) MX2010010151A (en)
WO (1) WO2009117157A1 (en)

Cited By (62)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8193182B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2012-06-05 Intellikine, Inc. Substituted isoquinolin-1(2H)-ones, and methods of use thereof
US8476282B2 (en) 2008-11-03 2013-07-02 Intellikine Llc Benzoxazole kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US8604032B2 (en) 2010-05-21 2013-12-10 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Chemical compounds, compositions and methods for kinase modulation
US8637542B2 (en) 2008-03-14 2014-01-28 Intellikine, Inc. Kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US8642604B2 (en) 2006-04-04 2014-02-04 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted pyrazolo[3,2-d]pyrimidines as anti-cancer agents
US8697709B2 (en) 2008-10-16 2014-04-15 The Regents Of The University Of California Fused ring heteroaryl kinase inhibitors
US8703778B2 (en) 2008-09-26 2014-04-22 Intellikine Llc Heterocyclic kinase inhibitors
US8703777B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2014-04-22 Intellikine Llc Certain chemical entities, compositions and methods
US8716282B2 (en) 2009-10-30 2014-05-06 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazine derivatives and their use as PDE10 inhibitors
US8785454B2 (en) 2009-05-07 2014-07-22 Intellikine Llc Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US8785470B2 (en) 2011-08-29 2014-07-22 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US8791257B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2014-07-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted pyrrolotriazines as protein kinase inhibitors
WO2014115171A1 (en) * 2013-01-24 2014-07-31 Council Of Scientific & Industrial Research Triazine compounds and a process for preparation thereof
US8809349B2 (en) 2011-01-10 2014-08-19 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes for preparing isoquinolinones and solid forms of isoquinolinones
US8828998B2 (en) 2012-06-25 2014-09-09 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of lupus, fibrotic conditions, and inflammatory myopathies and other disorders using PI3 kinase inhibitors
US8859543B2 (en) 2010-03-09 2014-10-14 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazine derivatives and their use for the prevention or treatment of neurological, psychiatric and metabolic disorders and diseases
US8901133B2 (en) 2010-11-10 2014-12-02 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
CN104189484A (en) * 2014-08-25 2014-12-10 四川金堂海纳生物医药技术研究所 Medicine for treating esophageal benign tumors and preparation method thereof
US8940742B2 (en) 2012-04-10 2015-01-27 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US8957078B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-02-17 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US8969360B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-03-03 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US8969363B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2015-03-03 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US8980899B2 (en) 2009-10-16 2015-03-17 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods of inhibiting Ire1
US8993580B2 (en) 2008-03-14 2015-03-31 Intellikine Llc Benzothiazole kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US9056877B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2015-06-16 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9096611B2 (en) 2008-07-08 2015-08-04 Intellikine Llc Kinase inhibitors and methods of use
CN104876941A (en) * 2014-02-28 2015-09-02 南京圣和药业股份有限公司 Fused tricyclic compound and applications thereof
WO2016022569A1 (en) * 2014-08-04 2016-02-11 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compositions useful for treating disorders related to kit
US9295673B2 (en) 2011-02-23 2016-03-29 Intellikine Llc Combination of mTOR inhibitors and P13-kinase inhibitors, and uses thereof
US9309250B2 (en) 2011-06-22 2016-04-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrazines as ATR kinase inhibitors
US9321772B2 (en) 2011-09-02 2016-04-26 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted pyrazolo[3,4-D]pyrimidines and uses thereof
US9334263B2 (en) 2013-10-17 2016-05-10 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compositions useful for treating disorders related to kit
US9340546B2 (en) 2012-12-07 2016-05-17 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US9359365B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2016-06-07 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9359349B2 (en) 2007-10-04 2016-06-07 Intellikine Llc Substituted quinazolines as kinase inhibitors
US9481667B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-11-01 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Salts and solid forms of isoquinolinones and composition comprising and methods of using the same
US9499522B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-11-22 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compositions useful for treating disorders related to kit
US9512125B2 (en) 2004-11-19 2016-12-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted pyrazolo[3.4-D] pyrimidines as anti-inflammatory agents
US9550784B2 (en) 2012-07-09 2017-01-24 Beerse Pharmaceutica NV Inhibitors of phosphodiesterase 10 enzyme
US9629843B2 (en) 2008-07-08 2017-04-25 The Regents Of The University Of California MTOR modulators and uses thereof
US9663519B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-05-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US9669035B2 (en) 2012-06-26 2017-06-06 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Combinations comprising PDE 2 inhibitors such as 1-aryl-4-methyl-[1,2,4]triazolo-[4,3-A]]quinoxaline compounds and PDE 10 inhibitors for use in the treatment of neurological of metabolic disorders
US9670215B2 (en) 2014-06-05 2017-06-06 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US9708348B2 (en) 2014-10-03 2017-07-18 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Trisubstituted bicyclic heterocyclic compounds with kinase activities and uses thereof
US9751888B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2017-09-05 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
WO2017156262A1 (en) 2016-03-09 2017-09-14 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Acyclic antivirals
US9775844B2 (en) 2014-03-19 2017-10-03 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9944651B2 (en) 2013-10-17 2018-04-17 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compositions useful for treating disorders related to kit
US10000496B2 (en) 2015-07-24 2018-06-19 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compositions useful for treating disorders related to kit and PDGFR
US10131668B2 (en) 2012-09-26 2018-11-20 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted imidazo[1,5-a]pYRAZINES for modulation of IRE1
US10160761B2 (en) 2015-09-14 2018-12-25 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid forms of isoquinolinones, and process of making, composition comprising, and methods of using the same
US10160760B2 (en) 2013-12-06 2018-12-25 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US10604523B2 (en) 2011-06-27 2020-03-31 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 1-aryl-4-methyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]quinoxaline derivatives
US10759806B2 (en) 2016-03-17 2020-09-01 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isotopologues of isoquinolinone and quinazolinone compounds and uses thereof as PI3K kinase inhibitors
US10829493B2 (en) 2019-04-12 2020-11-10 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compositions and methods for treating KIT- and PDGFRA-mediated diseases
US10919914B2 (en) 2016-06-08 2021-02-16 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US11040979B2 (en) 2017-03-31 2021-06-22 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Substituted pyrrolo[1,2-b]pyridazines for treating disorders related to KIT and PDGFR
US11110096B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2021-09-07 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapies
US11147818B2 (en) 2016-06-24 2021-10-19 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapies
US11179394B2 (en) 2014-06-17 2021-11-23 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Method for treating cancer using a combination of Chk1 and ATR inhibitors
US11464774B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2022-10-11 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Method for treating cancer using a combination of DNA damaging agents and ATR inhibitors
US11964980B2 (en) 2019-04-12 2024-04-23 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Crystalline forms of (S)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(2-(4-(6-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1- f][1,2,4]triazin-4-yl)piperazinyl)-pyrimidin-5-yl)ethan-1-amine and methods of making

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
SG178454A1 (en) 2009-08-17 2012-03-29 Intellikine Inc Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
AP2015008843A0 (en) 2013-05-02 2015-11-30 Pfizer Imidazo-triazine derivatives as pde10 inhibitors
TWI695839B (en) * 2017-11-17 2020-06-11 中央研究院 Bis(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolophthalazine hybrids, preparation methods and uses thereof
US20220152031A1 (en) * 2019-03-20 2022-05-19 Goldfinch Bio, Inc. Pyridazinones and methods of use thereof
US11814388B1 (en) 2020-08-28 2023-11-14 Ferris State University Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidines and pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidines as inhibitors for multi-resistant cancers
CN114031558A (en) * 2021-12-14 2022-02-11 无锡捷化医药科技有限公司 Preparation method of 1- (6-chloropyridazin-4-yl) ethyl-1-ketone

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1752457A1 (en) * 2004-06-02 2007-02-14 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Fused heterocyclic compound
WO2007087276A1 (en) * 2006-01-23 2007-08-02 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
WO2008124083A2 (en) * 2007-04-05 2008-10-16 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and method of use

Family Cites Families (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4020A (en) * 1845-05-01 Machine foe
AR004010A1 (en) 1995-10-11 1998-09-30 Glaxo Group Ltd HETERO CYCLIC COMPOUNDS
DE69622183D1 (en) 1995-11-07 2002-08-08 Kirin Brewery CHINOLINE DERIVATIVES AND CHINAZOLE DERIVATIVES, WHICH INHIBIT THE AUTOPHOSPHORYLATION OF THE GROWTH FACTOR RECEPTOR DERIVING FROM BLOOD PLATPLES AND THEIR PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
US6207669B1 (en) 1996-07-13 2001-03-27 Glaxo Wellcome Inc. Bicyclic heteroaromatic compounds as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
DK0912559T3 (en) 1996-07-13 2003-03-10 Glaxo Group Ltd Condensed heterocyclic compounds as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
GB9904103D0 (en) 1999-02-24 1999-04-14 Zeneca Ltd Quinoline derivatives
MXPA01011832A (en) 1999-05-21 2002-06-21 Squibb Bristol Myers Co Pyrrolotriazine inhibitors of kinases.
AR025068A1 (en) 1999-08-10 2002-11-06 Bayer Corp PIRAZINAS REPLACED AND FUSIONATED PYRIDAZINES, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDE THEM, USE OF SUCH COMPOUNDS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF A MEDICINAL PRODUCT WITH AN ANGIOGENESIS INHIBITING ACTIVITY
GB9922171D0 (en) 1999-09-21 1999-11-17 Zeneca Ltd Chemical compounds
WO2001094353A1 (en) 2000-06-06 2001-12-13 Pfizer Products Inc. Thiophene derivatives useful as anticancer agents
US6919338B2 (en) 2000-06-28 2005-07-19 Astrazeneca Ab Substituted quinazoline derivatives and their use as inhibitors of aurora-2 kinase
US6903101B1 (en) 2000-08-10 2005-06-07 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Substituted pyridazines and fused pyridazines with angiogenesis inhibiting activity
EP1392300A1 (en) 2001-05-11 2004-03-03 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated 2,5-disubstituted pyridine, pyrimidine, pyridazine and 1, 2, 4-triazine derivatives for use as p38 inhibitors
RU2323215C2 (en) 2001-12-24 2008-04-27 Астразенека Аб Substituted derivatives of quinazoline as aurorakinase inhibitors
US6884889B2 (en) 2002-03-25 2005-04-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Processes for the preparation of antiviral 7-azaindole derivatives
US6900208B2 (en) 2002-03-28 2005-05-31 Bristol Myers Squibb Company Pyrrolopyridazine compounds and methods of use thereof for the treatment of proliferative disorders
US20050203110A1 (en) 2002-05-23 2005-09-15 Coleman Paul J. Mitotic kinesin inhibitors
MY141867A (en) 2002-06-20 2010-07-16 Vertex Pharma Substituted pyrimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors
GB0219054D0 (en) 2002-08-15 2002-09-25 Cyclacel Ltd New purine derivatives
WO2004037814A1 (en) 2002-10-25 2004-05-06 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Indazolinone compositions useful as kinase inhibitors
US7030112B2 (en) * 2003-03-25 2006-04-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Pyrrolopyridazine compounds and methods of use thereof for the treatment of proliferative disorders
AU2004289518A1 (en) 2003-11-10 2005-05-26 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Substituted nitrogen-containing six-membered amino-heterocycles as vanilloid-1 receptor antagonists for treating pain
CN1993349A (en) 2004-06-04 2007-07-04 阿斯利康(瑞典)有限公司 Quinazoline derivatives as ERBB receptor tyrosine kinases
WO2005121125A1 (en) 2004-06-09 2005-12-22 Pfizer Inc. Ether-linked heteroaryl compounds
WO2006000049A1 (en) 2004-06-25 2006-01-05 The Very Small Particle Company Pty Ltd Method for producing fine-grained particles
WO2006085330A2 (en) 2005-02-14 2006-08-17 Hadasit Medical Research Services And Development Ltd. Use of protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors for the treatment of leiomyomas
US20070078136A1 (en) * 2005-09-22 2007-04-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Fused heterocyclic compounds useful as kinase modulators
WO2007084815A2 (en) 2006-01-19 2007-07-26 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Substituted thienopyrimidine kinase inhibitors

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1752457A1 (en) * 2004-06-02 2007-02-14 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Fused heterocyclic compound
WO2007087276A1 (en) * 2006-01-23 2007-08-02 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
WO2008124083A2 (en) * 2007-04-05 2008-10-16 Amgen Inc. Aurora kinase modulators and method of use

Cited By (123)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9512125B2 (en) 2004-11-19 2016-12-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted pyrazolo[3.4-D] pyrimidines as anti-inflammatory agents
US8642604B2 (en) 2006-04-04 2014-02-04 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted pyrazolo[3,2-d]pyrimidines as anti-cancer agents
US9493467B2 (en) 2006-04-04 2016-11-15 The Regents Of The University Of California PI3 kinase antagonists
US9359349B2 (en) 2007-10-04 2016-06-07 Intellikine Llc Substituted quinazolines as kinase inhibitors
US8785456B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2014-07-22 Intellikine Llc Substituted isoquinolin-1(2H)-ones, and methods of use thereof
US11433065B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2022-09-06 Intellikine Llc Certain chemical entities, compositions and methods
US9655892B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2017-05-23 Intellikine Llc Certain chemical entities, compositions and methods
US9216982B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2015-12-22 Intellikine Llc Certain chemical entities, compositions and methods
US9822131B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2017-11-21 Intellikine Llc Certain chemical entities, compositions and methods
US8703777B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2014-04-22 Intellikine Llc Certain chemical entities, compositions and methods
US8193182B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2012-06-05 Intellikine, Inc. Substituted isoquinolin-1(2H)-ones, and methods of use thereof
US8637542B2 (en) 2008-03-14 2014-01-28 Intellikine, Inc. Kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US8993580B2 (en) 2008-03-14 2015-03-31 Intellikine Llc Benzothiazole kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US9637492B2 (en) 2008-03-14 2017-05-02 Intellikine Llc Benzothiazole kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US9629843B2 (en) 2008-07-08 2017-04-25 The Regents Of The University Of California MTOR modulators and uses thereof
US9828378B2 (en) 2008-07-08 2017-11-28 Intellikine Llc Kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US9096611B2 (en) 2008-07-08 2015-08-04 Intellikine Llc Kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US9790228B2 (en) 2008-09-26 2017-10-17 Intellikine Llc Heterocyclic kinase inhibitors
US8703778B2 (en) 2008-09-26 2014-04-22 Intellikine Llc Heterocyclic kinase inhibitors
US9296742B2 (en) 2008-09-26 2016-03-29 Intellikine Llc Heterocyclic kinase inhibitors
US8697709B2 (en) 2008-10-16 2014-04-15 The Regents Of The University Of California Fused ring heteroaryl kinase inhibitors
US8476431B2 (en) 2008-11-03 2013-07-02 Itellikine LLC Benzoxazole kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US8476282B2 (en) 2008-11-03 2013-07-02 Intellikine Llc Benzoxazole kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US8785454B2 (en) 2009-05-07 2014-07-22 Intellikine Llc Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9315505B2 (en) 2009-05-07 2016-04-19 Intellikine Llc Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9206182B2 (en) 2009-07-15 2015-12-08 Intellikine Llc Substituted isoquinolin-1(2H)-one compounds, compositions, and methods thereof
US8569323B2 (en) 2009-07-15 2013-10-29 Intellikine, Llc Substituted isoquinolin-1(2H)-one compounds, compositions, and methods thereof
US9522146B2 (en) 2009-07-15 2016-12-20 Intellikine Llc Substituted Isoquinolin-1(2H)-one compounds, compositions, and methods thereof
US8980899B2 (en) 2009-10-16 2015-03-17 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods of inhibiting Ire1
US8716282B2 (en) 2009-10-30 2014-05-06 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Imidazo[1,2-b]pyridazine derivatives and their use as PDE10 inhibitors
US8859543B2 (en) 2010-03-09 2014-10-14 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazine derivatives and their use for the prevention or treatment of neurological, psychiatric and metabolic disorders and diseases
US8791257B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2014-07-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted pyrrolotriazines as protein kinase inhibitors
US9738644B2 (en) 2010-05-21 2017-08-22 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Chemical compounds, compositions and methods for kinase modulation
US8604032B2 (en) 2010-05-21 2013-12-10 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Chemical compounds, compositions and methods for kinase modulation
US9181221B2 (en) 2010-05-21 2015-11-10 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Chemical compounds, compositions and methods for kinase modulation
US9388183B2 (en) 2010-11-10 2016-07-12 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US8901133B2 (en) 2010-11-10 2014-12-02 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9840505B2 (en) 2011-01-10 2017-12-12 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid forms of (S)-3-(1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1 (2H)-one and methods of use thereof
US8809349B2 (en) 2011-01-10 2014-08-19 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes for preparing isoquinolinones and solid forms of isoquinolinones
USRE46621E1 (en) 2011-01-10 2017-12-05 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes for preparing isoquinolinones and solid forms of isoquinolinones
US10550122B2 (en) 2011-01-10 2020-02-04 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid forms of (S)-3-(1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1(2H)-one and methods of use thereof
US9290497B2 (en) 2011-01-10 2016-03-22 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes for preparing isoquinolinones and solid forms of isoquinolinones
US11312718B2 (en) 2011-01-10 2022-04-26 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Formulations of (S)-3-(1-(9H-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl)-8-chloro-2-phenylisoquinolin-1(2H)-one
US9295673B2 (en) 2011-02-23 2016-03-29 Intellikine Llc Combination of mTOR inhibitors and P13-kinase inhibitors, and uses thereof
US9309250B2 (en) 2011-06-22 2016-04-12 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrazines as ATR kinase inhibitors
US10604523B2 (en) 2011-06-27 2020-03-31 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 1-aryl-4-methyl-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]quinoxaline derivatives
US9605003B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2017-03-28 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9056877B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2015-06-16 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US8969363B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2015-03-03 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9718815B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2017-08-01 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9115141B2 (en) 2011-08-29 2015-08-25 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted isoquinolinones and methods of treatment thereof
US8785470B2 (en) 2011-08-29 2014-07-22 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9546180B2 (en) 2011-08-29 2017-01-17 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9321772B2 (en) 2011-09-02 2016-04-26 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted pyrazolo[3,4-D]pyrimidines and uses thereof
US9895373B2 (en) 2011-09-02 2018-02-20 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted pyrazolo[3,4-D]pyrimidines and uses thereof
US9255108B2 (en) 2012-04-10 2016-02-09 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US8940742B2 (en) 2012-04-10 2015-01-27 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9527847B2 (en) 2012-06-25 2016-12-27 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of lupus, fibrotic conditions, and inflammatory myopathies and other disorders using PI3 kinase inhibitors
US8828998B2 (en) 2012-06-25 2014-09-09 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of lupus, fibrotic conditions, and inflammatory myopathies and other disorders using PI3 kinase inhibitors
US9669035B2 (en) 2012-06-26 2017-06-06 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Combinations comprising PDE 2 inhibitors such as 1-aryl-4-methyl-[1,2,4]triazolo-[4,3-A]]quinoxaline compounds and PDE 10 inhibitors for use in the treatment of neurological of metabolic disorders
US9550784B2 (en) 2012-07-09 2017-01-24 Beerse Pharmaceutica NV Inhibitors of phosphodiesterase 10 enzyme
US10822340B2 (en) 2012-09-26 2020-11-03 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted imidazolopyrazine compounds and methods of using same
US11613544B2 (en) 2012-09-26 2023-03-28 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted imidazo[1,5-a]pyrazines for modulation of IRE1
US10131668B2 (en) 2012-09-26 2018-11-20 The Regents Of The University Of California Substituted imidazo[1,5-a]pYRAZINES for modulation of IRE1
US9650381B2 (en) 2012-12-07 2017-05-16 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US9718827B2 (en) 2012-12-07 2017-08-01 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US10392391B2 (en) 2012-12-07 2019-08-27 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US11117900B2 (en) 2012-12-07 2021-09-14 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US9340546B2 (en) 2012-12-07 2016-05-17 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US11370798B2 (en) 2012-12-07 2022-06-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US10787452B2 (en) 2012-12-07 2020-09-29 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US9447105B2 (en) 2013-01-24 2016-09-20 Council Of Scientific & Industrial Research Triazine compounds and a process for preparation thereof
WO2014115171A1 (en) * 2013-01-24 2014-07-31 Council Of Scientific & Industrial Research Triazine compounds and a process for preparation thereof
US9663519B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-05-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US8969360B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-03-03 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US9481667B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-11-01 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Salts and solid forms of isoquinolinones and composition comprising and methods of using the same
US9499522B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-11-22 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compositions useful for treating disorders related to kit
US8957078B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-02-17 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US9994552B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-06-12 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compositions useful for treating disorders related to kit
US9359365B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2016-06-07 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US10329299B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2019-06-25 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9828377B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2017-11-28 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9751888B2 (en) 2013-10-04 2017-09-05 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9334263B2 (en) 2013-10-17 2016-05-10 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compositions useful for treating disorders related to kit
US9884861B2 (en) 2013-10-17 2018-02-06 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compositions useful for treating disorders related to kit
US9994575B2 (en) 2013-10-17 2018-06-12 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compositions useful for treating disorders related to kit
US9944651B2 (en) 2013-10-17 2018-04-17 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compositions useful for treating disorders related to kit
US11827642B2 (en) 2013-10-17 2023-11-28 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compositions useful for treating disorders related to KIT
US10807985B2 (en) 2013-10-17 2020-10-20 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compositions useful for treating disorders related to kit
US11485739B2 (en) 2013-12-06 2022-11-01 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US10160760B2 (en) 2013-12-06 2018-12-25 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US10815239B2 (en) 2013-12-06 2020-10-27 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
CN104876941A (en) * 2014-02-28 2015-09-02 南京圣和药业股份有限公司 Fused tricyclic compound and applications thereof
US10675286B2 (en) 2014-03-19 2020-06-09 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US11541059B2 (en) 2014-03-19 2023-01-03 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9775844B2 (en) 2014-03-19 2017-10-03 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US11944631B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2024-04-02 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapies
US11110096B2 (en) 2014-04-16 2021-09-07 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapies
US10800781B2 (en) 2014-06-05 2020-10-13 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US10093676B2 (en) 2014-06-05 2018-10-09 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US9670215B2 (en) 2014-06-05 2017-06-06 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of ATR kinase
US11179394B2 (en) 2014-06-17 2021-11-23 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Method for treating cancer using a combination of Chk1 and ATR inhibitors
WO2016022569A1 (en) * 2014-08-04 2016-02-11 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compositions useful for treating disorders related to kit
US9688680B2 (en) 2014-08-04 2017-06-27 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compositions useful for treating disorders related to kit
CN104189484A (en) * 2014-08-25 2014-12-10 四川金堂海纳生物医药技术研究所 Medicine for treating esophageal benign tumors and preparation method thereof
US10941162B2 (en) 2014-10-03 2021-03-09 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US10253047B2 (en) 2014-10-03 2019-04-09 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US9708348B2 (en) 2014-10-03 2017-07-18 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Trisubstituted bicyclic heterocyclic compounds with kinase activities and uses thereof
US10000496B2 (en) 2015-07-24 2018-06-19 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compositions useful for treating disorders related to kit and PDGFR
US11247995B2 (en) 2015-09-14 2022-02-15 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid forms of isoquinolinones, and process of making, composition comprising, and methods of using the same
US11939333B2 (en) 2015-09-14 2024-03-26 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid forms of isoquinolinones, and process of making, composition comprising, and methods of using the same
US10160761B2 (en) 2015-09-14 2018-12-25 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solid forms of isoquinolinones, and process of making, composition comprising, and methods of using the same
US11464774B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2022-10-11 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Method for treating cancer using a combination of DNA damaging agents and ATR inhibitors
US11472826B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2022-10-18 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Acyclic antivirals
WO2017156262A1 (en) 2016-03-09 2017-09-14 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Acyclic antivirals
US10759806B2 (en) 2016-03-17 2020-09-01 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Isotopologues of isoquinolinone and quinazolinone compounds and uses thereof as PI3K kinase inhibitors
US10919914B2 (en) 2016-06-08 2021-02-16 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
US11147818B2 (en) 2016-06-24 2021-10-19 Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination therapies
US11040979B2 (en) 2017-03-31 2021-06-22 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Substituted pyrrolo[1,2-b]pyridazines for treating disorders related to KIT and PDGFR
US10829493B2 (en) 2019-04-12 2020-11-10 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Compositions and methods for treating KIT- and PDGFRA-mediated diseases
US11964980B2 (en) 2019-04-12 2024-04-23 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Crystalline forms of (S)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(2-(4-(6-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1- f][1,2,4]triazin-4-yl)piperazinyl)-pyrimidin-5-yl)ethan-1-amine and methods of making
US11999744B2 (en) 2019-04-12 2024-06-04 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Crystalline forms of (S)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(2-(4-(6-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-yl)piperazinyl)-pyrimidin-5-yl)ethan-1-amine and methods of making
US12060354B2 (en) 2019-04-12 2024-08-13 Blueprint Medicines Corporation Crystalline forms of (S)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-1-(2-(4-(6-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrrolo[2,1-f][1,2,4]triazin-4-yl)piperazinyl)-pyrimidin-5-yl)ethan-1-amine and methods of making

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2009226024A1 (en) 2009-09-24
US20130165445A1 (en) 2013-06-27
EP2288611B1 (en) 2013-05-15
US20110065709A1 (en) 2011-03-17
AU2009226024B2 (en) 2012-07-12
CA2716856C (en) 2013-02-19
MX2010010151A (en) 2010-10-25
JP2011515401A (en) 2011-05-19
ES2413806T3 (en) 2013-07-17
US8404694B2 (en) 2013-03-26
EP2288611A1 (en) 2011-03-02
CA2716856A1 (en) 2009-09-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2288611B1 (en) Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
JP5516397B2 (en) Aurora kinase modulator and method of use
EP1984353B1 (en) Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
US7560551B2 (en) Aurora kinase modulators and method of use
US20140336182A1 (en) Aurora Kinase Modulators and Method of Use
US9126935B2 (en) Aurora kinase modulators and methods of use
EP2321298B1 (en) Aurora kinase modulators and methods of use

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 09723292

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2716856

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2009226024

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2010/010151

Country of ref document: MX

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2009226024

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20090319

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2011500814

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2009723292

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12933400

Country of ref document: US